Adrian's uni study material by Adrian Chen

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001 Reconfirmed 2016

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules

HB 301—2001 (Reconfirmed) 2016-05-27

STANDARDS AUSTRALIA RECONFIRMATION OF HB 301—2001 Electrical installations—Designing to the Wiring rules

RECONFIRMATION NOTICE Technical Committee EL-001 has reviewed the content of this publication and in accordance with Standards Australia procedures for reconfirmation, it has been determined that the publication is still valid and does not require change. Certain documents referenced in the publication may have been amended since the original date of publication. Users are advised to ensure that they are using the latest versions of such documents as appropriate, unless advised otherwise in this Reconfirmation Notice.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Approved for reconfirmation in accordance with Standards Australia procedures for reconfirmation on 26 October 2015. The following are represented on Technical Committee EL-001: Australian Industry Group Communications, Electrical and Plumbing Union—Electrical Division Consumers Federation of Australia Department of Industry, Skills and Regional Development (NSW) Electrical Contractors Association of New Zealand Electrical Regulatory Authorities Council Electrical Safety Organisation (New Zealand) ElectroComms & Energy Utilities Industries Skills Council Energy Networks Association Engineers Australia Institute of Electrical Inspectors Institution of Professional Engineers New Zealand Master Electricians Australia Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment (NZ) National Electrical and Communications Association National Electrical Switchboard Manufacturers Association New Zealand Council of Elders New Zealand Electrical Institute New Zealand Manufacturers and Exporters Association

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

NOTES

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Designing to the Wiring rules

First published as HB 301—2001.

COPYRIGHT © Standards Australia International All rights are reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or copied in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without the written permission of the publisher. Published by Standards Australia International Ltd GPO Box 5420, Sydney, NSW 2001, Australia ISBN 0 7337 4243 2

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Preface AS/NZS 3000 Wiring rules is a performance-based standard, which sets out the minimum requirements for the design, construction, and testing of electrical installations. The requirements are intended to protect persons, livestock, and property from electric shock, fire and physical injury hazards. This handbook includes typical electrical installation scenarios, and each of these has been developed to include a “complying solution”. In this sense a “complying solution” is one solution which meets the performance requirements of AS/NZS 3000. As such, there are many ways of complying with AS/NZS 3000. This document has been produced as a design guide for commonly encountered electrical installations. While the design principles apply equally to larger and more complex installations, it is not the intention of this handbook to attempt to address the detailed design needs of those installations. This handbook will be reviewed periodically to take account of the changes in design and installation procedures and relevant Standards.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The work of Bruce Walsh (Ballengearry Consulting Pty Ltd) who prepared this handbook, and the direction of Standards Australia, is recognized and greatly appreciated.

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Contents Foreword ......................................................................................................................................4 Scope............................................................................................................................................5 References ....................................................................................................................................6 Section 1 The design and installation process............................................................................8 1 The brief .............................................................................................................................9 2 The planning phase ........................................................................................................... 11 2.1 Maximum demand assessments............................................................................... 12 2.2 Voltage drop considerations .................................................................................... 13 3 The design phase............................................................................................................... 16 3.1 Introduction and overview....................................................................................... 17 3.2 Fault level and prospective short-circuit current....................................................... 21 3.3 Fault-loop impedance.............................................................................................. 22 3.4 Residual current devices.......................................................................................... 24 3.5 Discrimination and grading ..................................................................................... 25 3.6 Discrimination in practice ....................................................................................... 27 3.7 Earthing .................................................................................................................. 29 3.8 Switchboards .......................................................................................................... 31 3.9 Final subcircuits...................................................................................................... 32 4 Installation........................................................................................................................ 34 5 Testing and verification..................................................................................................... 34 6 Guidance notes for solutions ............................................................................................. 35 6.1 Format .................................................................................................................... 35 6.2 Service and installation rules ................................................................................... 35 6.3 Selection of cables .................................................................................................. 35 6.4 Fault ratings of switchboards................................................................................... 39 6.5 Earthing .................................................................................................................. 40 6.6 Distribution boards and final subcircuits.................................................................. 40 6.7 Fault-loop impedance values ................................................................................... 40 Appendix A Look up tables......................................................................................................... 41 Tables A1 Typical fault levels and impedance.......................................................................... 41 A2 Assessment of maximum demand—ADMD method................................................ 42 A3 Minimum cable csa in mm2 for K=111—Short circuit characteristics ..................... 43 A4 Cable impedance values for V 75 single-core conductors—Installed touching ......... 44 A5 Cable impedance values for V 75 multicore cables—Circular conductors ................ 45 A6 Maximum circuit lengths for 2% to 3% voltage drop, single-phase circuits.............. 46 A7 Maximum values of fault-loop impedance (Table B4.1 Wiring rules) ...................... 47 Appendix B Theoretical information........................................................................................... 48 B1 Prospective short-circuit current .............................................................................. 48 B2 Fault loop calculation when the source impedance is not known .............................. 54 B3 Touch voltage ......................................................................................................... 55 B4 Protective device characteristics .............................................................................. 57 Section 2 Complying solutions ............................................................................................... 59 Part 1 Residential—Multiple detached units ...................................................................... 59 Part 2 Residential—Multiple grouped units with common walls—Single level .................. 89 Part 3 Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units ................................................................ 119 Part 4 Retail development—Single level—10 units ......................................................... 149 Part 5 Multi (3) storey office building.............................................................................. 181 Part 6 Light industrial units—Detached—Single level ..................................................... 209 Part 7 Light industrial units—Grouped ............................................................................ 239 Part 8 Pro-forma design record.................................................................Separate document

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Foreword This handbook contains the following sections: Section 1 consists of a narrative which explains the process and procedure of designing an electrical installation of the type contained in this handbook. The phases of design include the brief, planning, the detailed design, and the narrative and flowcharts take the designer step by step through the process. The narrative includes theory and practice which the designer may apply to electrical designs generally. The requirements for testing and verification of the installation are also included and explained. Section 2 consists of a suite of complying solutions which are detailed and include a short narrative where necessary to explain the detailed design further. The solutions have been presented using a common format and layout so that the designer following this document can readily adapt and modify the solution to suit a different application. Similarly the designer may adapt the procedure in this document to develop other complying solutions, and to implement different formats and styles for presentation.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The complying solutions include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Residential—Multiple detached units Residential—Multiple grouped units with common walls—Single level Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units Retail development—Single level—10 units Multi (3) storey office building Light industrial units—Detached—Single level Light industrial units—Grouped Pro-forma design record—Separate document

Sketches and records are presented to provide the designer with the reference material necessary to make submissions to Electricity Distributors, and to document the installation. This document includes the installation and testing details for the complying solutions which allows the designer to verify the installation as being complete. The pro-forma design record has been provided as a separate document so it may be copied and used as necessary as an aid to designing electrical installations.

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Scope This document applies to electrical design, installation, and testing in general which is developed to comply with the requirements of AS/NZS 3000, Wiring rules. In addition, there are State and Territorial legislature requirements that must be applied in the design of electrical installations. These requirements are generally incorporated in the Electricity Distributor Service and Installation Rules, and will be referred to in this document as the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Service Rulesâ&#x20AC;?. While the requirements and terminology of the Electricity Distributor Service and Installation Rules have been acknowledged, it is not intended that this document address every possible combination of these rules, and it is to that extent intended to be generic. The designer using this document is to check the requirements of the Electricity Distributor Service and Installation Rules, and is to check with the Electricity Distributor for any special requirements. The designs may be modified as necessary. This Handbook is not a replacement for AS/NZS 3000, and the user must refer to AS/NZS 3000 for guidance on the application of the Standard in all cases. The technical information contained in the complying solutions is not a replacement for the AS/NZS 3008.1 series, and the user must refer to the appropriate part of that standard for guidance on the selection of cables for Australia and New Zealand.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

This handbook is not intended to address the detailed design and planning requirements for: a) High voltage electrical installation. b) Prospective short-circuit currents exceeding 20 kA. c) Hazardous locations (see the AS/NZS 2381 series). Where these electrical installations arise, an electrical designer experienced in the type of project envisaged should be used to undertake the planning and design.

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

References References in this document are as follows:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Reference

Refers to:

Clause number

AS/NZS 3000 Wiring rules

Table number

AS/NZS 3000 Wiring rules

Table number AS/NZS 3000

AS/NZS 3000 Wiring rules

Clause number AS/NZS 3008.1.1

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Selection of cables

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Clause number

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Selection of cables

Table number AS/NZS 3008.1.1

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Selection of cables

Appendix number Table number

This Handbook

List of referenced documents: AS 2005 Low voltage fuses—Fuses with enclosed fuse-links 2005.21 Part 21: Supplementary requirements for fuses for use by authorized persons (Fuses mainly for industrial application)—Standardized fuse systems 2005.21.1 Part 21.1: Fuses with fuse-links with blade contacts 2005.21.2 Part 21.2: Fuses with fuse-links for bolted connections 2381 Electrical equipment for explosive atmospheres—Selection, installation and maintenance 2381.2 Part 2: Flameproof enclosure d 2381.6 Part 6: Increased safety e 2381.7 Part 7: Intrinsic safety i 3439 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies 3947 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear 3947.4 Part 4: Contactors and motor-starters 3947.4.1 Part 4.1: Electromechanical contactors and motor-starters 4388 A method of temperature-rise assessment by extrapolation for partially type-tested assemblies (PTTA) of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear AS/NZS 2381 Electrical equipment for explosive atmospheres—Selection, installation and maintenance 2381.1 Part 1: General requirements 3000 Electrical installations (known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring rules) 3008 Electrical installations—Selection of cables 3008.1.1 Part 1.1: Cables for alternating voltages up to and including 0.6/1 kV—Typical Australian installation conditions 3008.1.2 Part 1.2: Cables for alternating voltages up to and including 0.6/1 kV—Typical New Zealand installation conditions 3017 Electrical installations—Testing guidelines 3018 Electrical installations—Domestic installations 4898 Approval and test specification—Circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installations BS 88 Low voltage fuses (all Parts) IEC 61200 Electrical installation guide 61200Part 413: Explanatory notes to measures of protection against indirect contact by 413 automatic disconnection of supply

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 1

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The design and installation process

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

Section 1 The design and installation process The design and installation of an electrical system can be described as a structured process. The flow chart for the process is shown here.

B rief

P l a nn i n g

R e vi e w t he pl a nn i ng

YE S

H as t h e br i e f c ha ng e d ?

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

D esig n

R edesig n

D o e s th e d e s ig n m e e t th e b rie f & p lan n in g ?

R e d e s i g n o r r e vi s e i ns t a l l at i o n t o c o m p l y w i th desi g n

YE S

Ins t a l l at i o n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the des ig n?

YE S Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c at i o n

Figure 1.1. The design and installation process

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

The brief

In the terms of this document, a brief is a description of the work that needs to be performed. The description could be vague in the beginning, and the designer must use skill and experience to refine this description and clarify any anomalies before commencing to design. The brief is an important part of the design and installation process, because it is the brief that describes the client’s requirements. The brief is often not well defined, and if the client is non-technical, then the designer may need to make assumptions, and to submit these to the client for affirmation that this meets the client’s overall objective. Alternatively, the brief may be defined to such an extent that the client has met with the supply utility and included some preliminary details as a result of discussions held to date. It may also be that no one has contacted the Electricity Distributor, and that the designers submission will be the first notice of any activity planned to occur. In this handbook, it is assumed that generally there has been no prior contact with the Electricity Distributor, and that the electrical designer will produce an application for supply.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Critical to obtaining a thorough brief is knowing the questions that need to be answered in the planning and design sections to follow, and these are: a) b) c) d) e) f)

What is the proposed usage of the facility? What are the electrical load characteristics? Is the load characteristic cyclical? If the answer to c) is “Yes”, what is the characteristic of the load cycle? What is the maximum demand of the load? If the load characteristics are not known, then what assumptions can be made?

The reason that an assessment of the load is critical to the planning and design process is that it is most common for all of the planning to be completed before any of the detailed design information is available. At this point any assumptions and load estimates need to be well founded. So, designers should use empirical data and load estimates based on experience in order to progress to the planning phase. As an integral part of risk management, it is advisable to record any assumptions made and to discuss these with the client to ensure that they are reasonable.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

The process followed in the briefing phase is shown in Figure 1.2.

B rief B e g i ns

C l ar i fi c ati o n o f O u ts tand i ng In fo r m ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Ad vi s e C l i e n t o f As s um pti o n s M a de

Record As s um pti o n s

Te s t As su m p ti o n s Ag ai n st K no w n D ata

B r i e f E nd s

Figure 1.2 The briefing phase

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

The planning phase

The planner of an electrical installation requires knowledge of the clients needs, future expansion, the Service Rules, and the Wiring rules (AS/NZS 3000). The planner also needs to have a good understanding of power supply system economics so that the design and installation is commercially astute. This document is intended to cover the basic principles of electrical installation planning, and not to be an exhaustive treatment of the topic. In every planning exercise it is a good idea to understand the objective, and that is to set out the parameters for the design which follows in terms of Electricity Distributor details of the point of supply and fault level, the layout of switchboards and metering, and a sketch of the system schematic diagram. The planner must start with the load details and characteristics. In strictly electrical terms, the planner needs to estimate the maximum demand. This is rarely a simple and straightforward task. For example, a “residence” may have electric cooking, heating and hot water, or a combination of gas, solar, or other energy sources which have a significant impact on the maximum demand. The planner needs to establish whether the load has cyclical characteristics, and whether these characteristics will impact on the maximum demand. For example, a compressed air plant generally cycles on and off with the demand for air, but different compressors have vastly different electrical load characteristics, and these characteristics impact on the electrical demand.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Service and Installation Rules This handbook has been developed to provide guidance in design and installation complying with AS/NZS 3000. Each Electricity Distributor has developed Service and Installation Rules that suit the regional influences and the network capacity. Users of this handbook should refer to the Service Rules for the region in which the work is to be carried out. The solutions developed in this handbook are not intended to favour any particular Service Rules and any Service Rules included in the solutions are to demonstrate methodology only.

New Zealand The examples in this handbook have used AS/NZS 3008.1.1 for the selection of cables. The designer of installations in New Zealand must use the relevant factors to adjust for ambient temperatures – refer to AS/NZS 3008.1.2.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

2.1

1: The design and installation process

Maximum demand assessments

Clause 1.8.3.1 provides several methods for the planner to establish the maximum demand of an electrical installation, and these are: a) b) c) d)

Calculation, using Appendix C (Wiring rules). Assessment. Measurement. Limitation.

The planner may be in the position where: i) The exact load details are unknown. ii) The load on a new installation cannot be measured. iii) Imposing load limitations at a planning stage may not be in the client’s best interests. When this is the case, the planner may need to make an assessment, and this will be based on experience. A common method of assessment is After Diversity Maximum Demand (ADMD), and this technique uses the “measured” results from a wide range of electrical installations and applies them to a planned installation on an area basis.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Electrical planners may assess maximum demand in non-residential installations on a floor area (m2) basis allocating an electrical loading to the floor area. For residential applications, the planner should consult with the Electricity Distributor. Most Electricity Distributors have a schedule of ADMD allowances, and these can be applied to a range of common installations, but the planner must proceed with caution. ADMD refers to the load measured at the point of supply, and as the name implies ADMD is “after diversity”. That is, ADMD is measured as the diversified load. The ADMD figures applied to any installation need to take the climate and any other local influences into account. In this regard the electrical planner should consult with the Electricity Distributor. The planner cannot apply ADMD methods at the submain and distribution board levels of an installation without taking due care to allow for the loss of diversity which occurs downstream of the substation. Appendix A Table A2 provides ADMD figures for a range of installations, and the planner needs to assess if there are any other particular features that apply to the installation in question. ADMD is typically given as Volt Amperes/m2 (VA/m2). The units may be converted to Watts/m2 by applying a power factor. The use of VA/m2 allows for straightforward calculations of transformer capacity (given in kVA or MVA) and load currents. For example, the ADMD figure assumes that for air conditioning, a load of 50 VA/m2 is allowed, and this assumes that the air conditioning system is meeting a thermal load in the order of 150 to 200 wTH per m2. WattsTHERMAL (wTH) is the heating or cooling load which must be met by the Heating Ventilation and Cooling (HVAC) System. The Coefficient of Performance (COP) is the ratio of the WattsTHERMAL to the electrical power required by the HVAC plant. The COP figures are typically available from the HVAC designer or the equipment manufacturer.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

The figures given in Appendix A Table A2 assume that the overall air conditioning system Coefficient of Performance (COP) is in the order of 3 to 4 at a power factor of 0.9 lagging. The overall figure for air conditioning systems includes pumps and fans, air handling units, and any electric reheating devices, and this has been found in practice to be a reasonable approach. If the air conditioning system is different to this, then a different ADMD value must be applied. The load characteristics have to be taken into account, as any short term cyclical loads may have a low maximum demand, but have a high short term demand which must be met by the supply network. Similarly, motor starting characteristics are not significant for ADMD purposes if there is diversity, but are fundamental design parameters in any industrial application. When the load characteristics have been assessed and an estimate of maximum demand has been formed, the planner must confirm the supply details with the Electricity Distributor. The Electricity Distributor will also assess the maximum demand based on the information submitted by the planner, and when agreed, the Electricity Distributor will confirm the fault level to be applied to the installation taken to be at the point of supply, and the supply arrangements. For example, “the point of supply shall be at the north eastern boundary of the property, to an existing low voltage underground distributor, with the capacity to meet a maximum load of 200 A, and a fault level of 10 kA applies. The customer shall design for a three phase supply and balance the load equally across the phases.” Armed with this information, and the service rules, the planner can determine the location of the main switchboard and metering.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.2

Voltage drop considerations

The planner should now consider the arrangement of consumers mains and submains taking close account of voltage drop. The design condition which needs to be satisfied is the requirement for voltage drop not to exceed 5% of the supply voltage (400/230 V) taken from the point of supply to the furthest point in the installation. The planner should be aware that under certain circumstances, the Electricity Distributor may allow the planner to use a voltage drop exceeding 5%. These circumstances occur when the consumer’s installation includes elements which may be considered in other circumstances to be part of the Electricity Distributors’ network. For example, the “street mains” of a community title development are part of the consumer’s electrical installation under some Service Rules, and the planner may make a submission to the Electricity Distributor for an increase in the permissible voltage drop. In this handbook, a voltage drop of 2% to 3% is considered as being reasonable for the final subcircuits and Appendix A Table A6 provides the maximum route length of circuits for common conductor sizes at full load and 50% loading of the circuit-breaker under an assumed supply condition. Typically, a 2% to 3% voltage drop allowance is used in commercial installations because distribution boards are typically placed to service a radial distribution of 25 to 30 m, and this rule of thumb allows for prudent placement in buildings. A single phase power circuit using 2.5 mm2 cable protected by a 20 A circuit-breaker, having a distributed load (such as socket-outlets) can have a maximum length of 38 m to satisfy the 3% voltage drop. The 38 m maximum will allow for cables to reticulate vertically and horizontally. The 2% voltage drop figure assumes that the distribution board has been located such that the circuit lengths are no greater than 25 m.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Planners using this document can vary the allocation of voltage drop across the consumers mains, submains and the final subcircuits easily, and this document is not to be taken as being prescriptive in the allocation of the total voltage drop. For example, an installation which has very long submains may require a different allocation of voltage drop to yield an economically acceptable design. In this case, the final subcircuit voltage drop may be such that larger submains or additional distribution boards are necessary to limit the final subcircuit lengths. These are planning and design decisions that are made to suit the installation. Having allocated the voltage drop to the final subcircuits, the planner can allocate the remaining voltage drop (in this example, 2% to 3%) to the consumers mains and submains. An initial estimate can often be obtained using the length of the cables in the mains and submains as a ratio with which to divide the voltage drop. For example, for the case of mains with a length of 10 m and submains with a length of 40 m, the voltage drop which has been allocated initially by the designer as 2% for mains and submains, can then be further assigned to the sections of cable on the basis of length:

10 × 2% 10 + 40 VCM = 0.4% 40 VSM = × 2% 10 + 40 VSM = 1.6% VCM =

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Where VCM = Voltage drop in common mains (CM) VSM = Voltage drop in submains (SM) This allocation gives an initial basis for planning calculations, and this can be reallocated in the design phase to achieve the most economical cable sizes for a particular application. With the initial allocation of both loads and voltage drops, the planner can proceed to sketch the system layout, and the single line diagram. At the completion of the planning phase, the following parameters should be known: a) b) c) d) e) f) g)

Point of supply. Supply conditions. Fault level at the point of supply. Maximum demand. Load characteristics. Switchboard locations. Initial allocation of voltage drops.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

B e g i n P l ann i ng

R e c o r d As s e s s e d M axi m um D e m and

As s e s s M axi m um D e m and

R e fe r to L o c al Se r vi c e R ul e s fo r Spe c i al C o ndi ti o ns

App l y t o Su ppl y U ti l i ty fo r Spe c i al C o ndi ti o ns & F aul t L e ve l s

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Ske tc h L o c ati o n o f M SB & D B s t o Sat i s fy Se r vi c e R ul e s and Vo l t ag e D r o p

As s i g n Vo l tag e D r o p i n Sub C i r c ui t s as a fi r s t e s t i m at e

Ske tc h C abl e R o ut e s & E ar t hi ng L o c at i o ns

Ske tc h the S ys t e m Sc he m at i c - N o te t he P l an ni n g As s um pt i o ns

Ske tc h the S i ng l e L i ne D i ag r am

P l an ni n g E n ds

Figure 1.3 The planning phase

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

The design phase

The design phase follows the planning phase and is not an isolated activity, as it may be necessary to return to the planning assumptions to optimise the design. The design phase has many steps, some of which must be completed in sequence to minimise the number of times the designer must undertake the calculations to arrive at the optimum design. In commencing design, it is necessary to have a clear understanding of the outcome desired. The design is to determine: a) b) c) d) e) f)

Maximum demands and load characteristics. Cable size, material and installation methods. Switchboard type, rating and fault levels. Protective device selection, and discrimination. Earthing system, cables, and protection. Final single line diagrams and layouts.

Additional information follows this introductory section on design, which deals specifically with: i) ii) iii) iv) v)

Fault level and prospective short-circuit current (also refer to Appendix B1). Fault-loop impedance. Discrimination and grading. Earthing. Switchboards.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Service and Installation Rules This handbook has been developed to provide guidance in design and installation complying with AS/NZS 3000. Each Electricity Distributor has developed Service Rules that suit the regional influences and the network capacity. Users of this handbook should refer to the Service Rules for the region in which the work is to be carried out. The solutions developed in this handbook are not intended to favour any particular Service Rules and any Service Rules included in the solutions are to demonstrate methodology only.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

3.1

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Introduction and overview

Step 1 Review planning If some time has elapsed since the planning phase, confirm the requirements with the client as it may be necessary to review the planning and confirm the location and layout of switchboards, and the allocation of voltage drops. Any changes should be recorded on the planning schematic. Step 2 Determine the cable routes, lengths and the installation methods At this stage, the cable routes, the cable lengths, and the installation methods need to be accurately determined, as these parameters are necessary for the cable selection which follows. Record the cable routes, lengths, and installation details. Step 3 Determine the maximum demands The maximum demand for each switchboard, submain, and consumers mains needs to be determined and recorded. The methods for determining maximum demand are given in the Wiring rules. Allow for the effect of starting currents and any cyclical characteristics likely to impact on the load currents even though these may not affect maximum demand.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Allow additional demand for future expansion where this is appropriate. If the maximum demand calculated here is different from the planning expectation, then it is necessary to check and reconfirm the planning and the Electricity Distributor details. If the maximum demand has varied significantly from the expected value, then it may be necessary to replan the installation and consult with the Electricity Distributor. Step 4 Cable selection process This is a process which is carried out for the consumers mains and each submain in turn, starting at the point of supply. a) b) c) d)

f) g) h) i)

The fault level has been established in the planning phase for the location where the cable considered is to be connected. Determine the minimum size of cable to withstand the fault current. Determine the derating factors to be applied due to the installation methods. Use the maximum demand and derating factors determined for the current-carrying capacity of the cable, and the voltage drop assigned to the cable, to select the cable which is equal to or larger than the minimum size required for the prospective short-circuit current, adequate for the current-carrying capacity required, and with an appropriate voltage drop. Determine the type of protective device to be used for the cable, and select the appropriate current rating. This is explained in detail later in this document, particularly with regard to device selection and cable rating. Check the cable selected against the maximum fault-loop impedance, and reselect the cable if necessary. Record the cable sizes and impedances, and the installation methods selected. Determine the fault level at the end of the cable, as this is the fault level to be used for the following cable selection. Repeat the process until all of the cables have been selected.

Where it has been determined to use a reduced size neutral, record the details and the assumptions.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

Step 5 Determine and record the earthing requirements and the earthing conductor selections Record the earthing system layout and details on an earthing schematic. The earthing layouts should note the materials and installation methods selected. Step 6 Switchboard and equipment selection The switchboard and equipment selection is determined by the: a) b) c) d) e)

Prospective short-circuit current at the switchboard. Maximum demand determined for the load being controlled. Cable size. Load characteristics e.g. motors and in-rush currents. Fault-loop impedance.

Determine the switchboard fault level and the equipment ratings. Determine and record the bus bar size, active and neutral links capacity and prospective shortcircuit current requirements at the switchboard. Determine the load control, isolation and safety devices necessary to meet the requirements as above, and to discriminate between devices on the system under fault conditions. Step 7 Draw the final single line diagram

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The single line diagram and associated layouts should clearly show all of the final cable selections and the protective device ratings and settings.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

D e s ig n B e g in s

R e c o rd P la n n e d Vo lt a ge D ro p o n Sc h e m a t ic

P la n P e rm is s ib le Vo lta g e D ro p s

R e fe r to a s s ig n e d V o lt a g e D ro p in S u b C irc u it s

D e te rm in e M a xim u m D e m a n d

YES Is t h e M a x . D e m a n d D if fe r en t f ro m p la n n in g E st im at e ?

R e v ie w P la n n in g & C h e c k

NO D e te rm in e th e fa u lt le v e l s ta rt in g a t t h e in itia l c o n n e c tio n p o in t o f t h e c a b le c o n s id e re d , a n d t h e n fo r th e s ta rt o f e a c h c a b le in tu rn

C a lculat e t h e C able t o m e e t t h e M a x im um D e m a n d, F a ult L o o p I m p e da n c e, Vo lt a ge D ro p , a n d P r o t ec t iv e de v ic e

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

R e p e a t fo r th e N e xt D o w n s t re a m p a rt o f S c h e m a t ic

R e v is e c a b le s ize s a n d p ro t e c t iv e d e v ic e s e le c tio n to c o m p ly w ith F a u lt Lo o p Im p e d a n c e lim it s

C a lc u la te F a u lt Lo o p Im p e d a n c e

F a ult L o o p I m p e dan c e is le ss t h a n m a x im um p e rm issible fo r de v ice se le c t e d?

Y ES

NO T C O MP LETE

R e c o rd t h e C a ble Siz e s & I m p e da n c es

R e p e a t un t il a ll swit c h bo a r ds & Sub m a in s h a v e be e n ca lc ula t e d R e c o rd t h e I n st a lla t io n R e quir e m e n t s

CO MP LETE

Continued on the following page

Figure 1.4 The design process (in part)

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

Continued from previous page

D e t e rm in e p ro t e c t iv e d e v ic e t o s u it lo a d & p ro s p e c t iv e s h o rt c irc u it c u rre n t

R e v ie w P ro t e c t iv e D e v ic e S e le c t io n & S e t t in g s

R e c o r d P r o t e c t iv e D e v ic e & Swit c h bo a r d D e t a ils

D o t h e sy st e m p r o t e c t iv e de v ic e s disc r im in a t e un d e r f a u lt c o n dit io n s?

YES

D e t e rm in e F in a l E a rt h in g D e t a ils

R e c o r d E a r t h in g D e t a ils & E x p e c t e d R e sult s

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

F in a l S in g le Lin e D ia g ra m & S c h e m a t ic

D e s ig n E n d s

Figure 1.4 The design process (in part)

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

3.2

HB 301—2001

Fault level and prospective short-circuit current

The concept of fault level and prospective short-circuit current can be explained as follows: An electrical installation may have one or more active conductors (phases) and usually one return conductor (neutral), and a protective earthing conductor (earth). In this case, the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor are bonded (MEN system of earthing). For the purposes of this discussion, a 4-wire 3-phase system is considered and the active and the neutral conductors have the same origin (e.g. transformer or generator). If a short circuit fault occurs between the active and any other active of another phase connected to the same source, or the active and the return conductor, then a current will flow around this circuit which may be called the fault circuit. The fault current will be limited by the impedance of the conductors, the internal impedance of the source, and the impedance of the short circuit. The current will flow because the voltage at the source presents as a potential difference across the fault circuit conductors. The maximum short-circuit current can flow between the three active conductors as the cross-sectional area of these conductors is generally larger than either the neutral or the earthing conductors. This is called a “phase to phase to phase” fault. For a single-phase fault, the maximum short-circuit current flows between the active and the neutral conductors, and faults to the earthing conductor and earthed exposed conductive parts of equipment will be considered in the following section, and called “phase to earth” faults.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

For ease of calculation, the short circuit fault is assumed to be a bolted fault of negligible impedance. The source voltage is considered to be constant, and the source impedance is assumed to be constant. The short-circuit current available at the point of supply is often given as: a)

Prospective short-circuit current This is the current which would flow in a bolted fault at the point of supply, so it is only limited by the impedance of the upstream circuit and devices. e.g. conductors and transformers. The current is termed “prospective” because this is the maximum current which could flow under various supply network fault conditions.

Fault level at the point of supply The fault level is expressed as power rather than current, and the prospective short-circuit current at the point of supply. The impedance of the upstream system can be derived as shown in Appendix B1.

Transformer impedance as a percentage (%) This is a method of representing transformer impedance, expressed as the percentage of the transformer’s primary voltage required to produce full load current in the short circuited secondary winding. The value can be derived as shown in Appendix B1.

Appendix B1 contains a detailed explanation of the methodology used to calculate prospective short-circuit currents.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Having established the fault level at the source, the prospective short-circuit current and the source impedance, the designer can then continue through the whole of the electrical system determining the fault current which may occur at each critical point in the system. The prospective short-circuit current values are necessary as these dictate the minimum crosssectional area of cable which may be used to provide short circuit performance, and the ratings of any protective devices and switchboards introduced into the system. The prospective short-circuit currents are fundamental to the selection of devices and the calculation of discrimination and grading for protection devices throughout the installation. 3.3

Fault-loop impedance

AS/NZS 3000 requires the designer to meet safety principles. Clause 1.7.4.3.3 requires automatic disconnection of the supply in the event of a fault of negligible impedance occurring between an active conductor and an exposed conductive part, or a protective earthing conductor. The automatic disconnection must occur within a specified time. This condition is satisfied by:

Zs × Ia ≤ U o where

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Zs Ia Uo

The impedance of the fault loop comprising the source, the active conductor up to the point of the fault and the return conductor between the point of the fault and the source The current causing the automatic operation of the disconnecting protective device within the disconnection times required by Clause 1.7.4.3.4 The nominal a.c. r.m.s. voltage to earth (230 V)

The maximum disconnection times are given in Clause 1.7.4.3.4, and must not exceed: a) b)

0.4 s for final subcircuits that supply socket-outlets (≤63 A), or hand-held Class 1 equipment, or portable equipment for manual movement during use. 5 s for other circuits including submains and final subcircuits supplying fixed or stationary equipment.

The concept of impedance and prospective short-circuit current here is identical to the concept of short-circuit currents and short circuit impedances discussed under “Fault Levels and Prospective Short-circuit currents” previously. The key difference between prospective short-circuit current and fault-loop impedance are: i)

The fault loop considered is that which occurs due to a short circuit to earth. So, the fault loop will include the active conductor to the location of the short circuit fault, and then the protective earthing conductor to the MEN link, and from there via the neutral conductor to the source. As the size chosen for the protective earthing conductors and neutral conductors is often smaller than the cross-sectional area of the active conductor, it is likely that the impedance of the fault loop will be higher than that considered for prospective short-circuit current.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

ii)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

For prospective short-circuit currents, the designer is considering the ability of the cables and devices to withstand the currents which flow under fault conditions. For fault-loop impedance, the designer is considering the minimum value of the short-circuit current which will ensure that the automatic disconnection device operates within the time constraints of Clause 1.7.4.3.4. The maximum value of fault-loop impedance is an impedance that will permit the automatic disconnection of the protective device, within the required duration, in the event of a short circuit. The designer seeks to ensure that the actual value of fault-loop impedance is less than the maximum permissible value.

So, the impedance of the electrical system needs to be calculated to demonstrate that the condition of Clause 1.7.4.3.3 is satisfied. The value of Ia depends on the trip characteristics of the protective device used to control the circuit. Table B4.1 Wiring rules provides a reference for the maximum values of circuit fault-loop impedance for a common range of circuit-breakers (0.4 s) and fuses (0.4 s and 5 s) disconnection times.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Circuit-breaker characteristics are such that a 0.4 s disconnection time is in the magnetic tripping section of the time current characteristic. This zone is typically for currents of 5 to 10 times the rated current of the device, for circuit-breakers less than 63 A. Table B4.1 does not provide equivalent maximum circuit impedance values for circuit-breakers operating under a 5 s scenario. The time current characteristics of circuit-breakers are such that the 5 s time is generally in the thermal trip section of the curve, and for devices less than 63 A, this is in the order of 2 to 5 times rated current. The curves differ for a range of circuit-breakers from manufacturers and differ between manufacturers. It is therefore impractical to provide tripping times and currents, and equivalent circuit impedance values for circuit-breakers operating in the thermal section of the curve. In practice, the fault-loop impedance nominated is considered to satisfy Table B4.1 initially, and if a 5 s operating characteristic for circuit-breakers is required, then designers should refer to the manufacturers data when designing for compliance with a 5 s disconnection time. The values in the table have been calculated using the formula

Zs =

Uo , Ia

with Ia being the mean tripping current for the device and Uo being the nominal phase voltage (230 V)

The value of Zs is the maximum impedance which may be connected to the protective device to ensure that there is automatic disconnection within the time parameter. The fault loop which limits the current includes the external impedance Zext and the internal impedance Zint. The outcome for the designer of an electrical installation, is that the maximum automatic disconnection time for earth faults is 0.4 s where it is likely that persons or livestock will come into contact with a potential rise of approximately 100 V (see Appendix B3 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Touch Voltage). As touch potential is difficult to determine in advance of an incident occurring, the designer must assume that socket-outlets used for portable appliances will fall into this category. For switchboards, distribution boards, and fixed equipment, where the frame or enclosure is solidly bonded to earth, the designer may consider a touch voltage of 50 V as being appropriate, and design for a maximum automatic disconnection time of 5 s.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

3.4

1: The design and installation process

Residual current devices

For final subcircuits, the designer may have the option to use an RCD that operates in less than 0.4 s as required in Clause 1.7.4.3.1. A typical RCD is tripped by a current of 15 to 30 mA within 300 ms, and there are certain circumstances where the use of a RCD is required, refer to Clause 2.5. A single RCD can be used to protect several circuits, but the designer should take care that any leakage currents on the circuits do not sum to more than 1/3 of the rated residual current of the RCD. The designer must be aware that while there are some circumstances where an RCD must be used for a final subcircuit, there are also circumstances where an RCD is inappropriate as it may lead to nuisance tripping. e.g. elements of ranges and water heaters. When applying an RCD to protect a final subcircuit it is common to use an RCD/MCB combination circuit-breaker. This protective device will provide both earth leakage protection and overload protection. In selecting devices and calculating fault-loop impedance values, the designer considers each section of the fault loop in turn, and an example is given in Figure 1.6. Example using Figure 1.6 E quivalent s ourc e im pedanc e

Cons um ers M ains P has e

S ub Circuit P has e

S ub M ains P has e

E DP D

CB - S ub M ain

phase sm

CB - S ub c c t

Phase SC

S upply V oltage V

F ault to E arth

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

I sc

Cons um ers M ains Neutral Z

Z cn

earth sm

earth SC

P ros pec tive Fault Loop Current M E N Link S ub M ains E arth

S ub Circuit E arth

M ain E arth

Figure 1.6 Fault-loop impedance In this example, consider the fault which has occurred at the final subcircuit. The fault loop includes the following impedances: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

Supply impedance – calculated from the prospective short-circuit current. Consumers mains phase impedance. Submains phase impedance. Final subcircuit phase impedance. Fault impedance phase to earth – taken to be a bolted fault – zero impedance. Final subcircuit protective earthing conductor impedance. Submain protective earthing conductor impedance. Consumers mains neutral impedance – as the protective earth and neutral are joined via the MEN link. The neutral circuit back to the supply transformer will be much less than the return impedance through the ground, so this is disregarded.

The protective device at the final subcircuit must be selected to ensure that it will operate under both overload and fault conditions. For this example, assume it is a circuit-breaker Type C, and the minimum tripping current for 0.4 s clearing time is 7.5 times rated current. Then the impedance of the fault loop must be such that a current of 7.5 times the circuit-breaker rating can flow. For a 20 A single-phase circuit-breaker, a current of 150 A is required for it to trip in 0.4 s. The maximum impedance of the fault loop then is 230/150=1.53 Ω, and this value can be calculated as shown (see 3.3 Fault-loop impedance) or obtained from Table B4.1 Wiring rules. © Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

If a fault occurred upstream of the final subcircuit, for example, at the distribution board, then the protective device on the submain must operate, and again, the impedance must be less than that which will limit the current through the protective device to ensure automatic operation. The fault loop would then comprise: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi)

Supply impedance – calculated from the prospective short-circuit current. Consumers mains phase impedance. Submains phase impedance. Fault impedance phase-to-earth – taken to be a bolted fault – zero impedance. Submain protective earthing conductor impedance. Consumers mains neutral impedance – as the protective earth and neutral are joined via the MEN. The neutral circuit back to the supply transformer will be much less than the return impedance through the ground, so disregard.

The designer must ensure that the fault-loop impedance in this section does not exceed the device limit set by the operating current, and for example, for a submain protected by a 160 A Type C circuit-breaker, operating in 0.4 s, the maximum fault-loop impedance is 0.19 Ω, (Appendix Table A7). As the circuit-breaker is protecting a submain, up to 5 s automatic disconnection time may be used and the designer must refer to the time current characteristics of the device selected, (refer to Appendix B4). The impedance of the final subcircuit does not apply to this calculation as the subcircuit is downstream of the fault. 3.5

Discrimination and grading

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Clause 2.4.6 requires that circuit protective devices for emergency systems shall discriminate under certain conditions. In some regions the Service Rules require that the consumer’s electrical installation grades with the Electricity Distributor’s protective devices. The terms discrimination and grading can be defined as follows: Discrimination a) b)

The quality whereby a protective system distinguishes between those conditions for which it is intended to operate, and those for which it shall not operate. The ability for several protective devices on an electrical system to automatically disconnect the supply under overload and short-circuit fault conditions such that the protective device nearest to the overload or short-circuit fault operates before any other device on the electrical system.

In this way, the protective devices are said to discriminate. Grading When all of the protective devices on an electrical system discriminate correctly, then they are said to “grade”. An Electricity Distributor may require an electrical installation to grade with the utility network. This means that the utility device and the downstream consumers protective devices are to discriminate. In the preceding sections, two concepts have been explained and these are: a) b)

Prospective short-circuit current for bolted faults – Phase-to-phase or phase-to-neutral. Fault-loop impedance and short-circuit currents – Phase-to-earth (including the neutral-toearth component of the fault loop).

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

There are two more areas to be considered for circuit protective devices and discrimination: i) ii)

Overload conditions. Arcing faults.

Overload conditions Circuit protective devices are rated at a nominal current for the continuous current rating of the circuit. If the current exceeds the continuous rating of the protective device, then it operates to disconnect (trips) the overload from the supply automatically. AS/NZS 4898 requires the tripping current for a circuit-breaker to be less than or equal to 1.45xIN where IN is the continuous current rating of the protective device. AS/NZS 3000 Clause 2.4.3 requires this same relationship between tripping current and the continuous current-carrying capacity of the cable (IZ) being protected by the device. It can be seen then that circuit-breakers will always satisfy Clause 2.4.3.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Fuses which comply with the AS 2005 series have a tripping characteristic of 1.6xIN and if IN = IZ then these fuses will not protect the cable as required by Clause 2.4.3. Cables protected by fuses need to be selected such that Clause 2.4.3 is satisfied. The nominal current IN of these fuses must not exceed 90% (1.45/1.6 = 0.9) of the IZ of the cable. This may result in a cable selection which is larger that that required to satisfy IZ so that when the cable current-carrying capacity (IZ) is derated to 90% to suit the fuse IN, the cable will be suitably protected by the fuse. There are three (3) types of miniature circuit-breakers in common usage and these are referenced in Table B4.1 Wiring rules. The trip settings summarised here are taken from AS/NZS 4898 Table 2. Type B - have magnetic trip settings from 3 to 5 times rated current. with a mean tripping current of 4 times rated current. This type is used only in situations where the load is constant and not subject to high inrush current (resistive loads). Type C - have magnetic trip settings from 5 to 10 times rated current with a mean tripping current of 7.5 times rated current. This type is suitable for general purpose applications and is therefore the most common. Type D - have magnetic trip settings from 10 to 50 times rated current. A mean tripping of 12.5 times rated current is used in the Wiring rules for fault-loop impedance calculations . This type is mostly used for highly inductive loads such as motors, and higher current settings are available depending on the application. Arcing faults Clause 2.4.6 requires that circuit protective devices for emergency systems shall discriminate with similar devices on the general electrical installation in accordance with Clause 7.10.4.4. Clause 7.10.4.4 introduces three requirements and these are: a) b) c)

A fault on the general supply shall not affect the supply to emergency systems. Fault current limiters used to protect the emergency systems shall not also be used to protect the general installation. The discrimination is intended to apply up to the level of an arcing fault.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

The current which can flow in a bolted short-circuit fault is taken to be limited only by the impedance of the protective devices and conductors supplying the fault. That is, the bolted short circuit has no impedance. An arcing fault has impedance, however, and this impedance varies according to the distance between the components, the humidity, the environment, the surface areas involved, and while it may be calculated, the combination of elements which may be present when a fault occurs is difficult to predict. For the purposes of predicting short circuit performance, the arcing fault current may be taken to be at least 60% of the prospective short-circuit current. The application of an arcing fault current equal to at least 60% of the prospective short-circuit current is suggested in this handbook as a conservative and practical approach. The designer should determine the value of the arcing fault current to suit the application. 3.6

Discrimination in practice

Every protective device has automatic operation characteristics, and these are presented in the form of time current curves (refer to Appendix B4). Discrimination is achieved in terms of both current and time.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The designer must determine the currents to be encountered in the installation, and at each protective device for the different scenarios: a) b) c) d)

Overload. Short-circuit current – bolted fault. Earth-fault current – fault loop. Short-circuit current – arcing fault.

The comparison for discrimination may be performed in several ways— i) ii)

overlay the protective device characteristic curves on graph paper, or refer to the manufacturers tables for protective devices which have been predetermined as discriminating, or iii) refer to software programs which overlay the protective device characteristic curves. By referring to the manufacturers information, it can be derived that in general for discrimination to occur, the nominal rating of upstream protective devices should be not less than 1.6 times the nominal rating of the downstream protective device. Some protective devices have communication links which enable the designer to establish selectivity between the devices, and to grade the protective devices in sections of the circuit, called zones. Service protective devices Service protective devices are defined in Clause 1.4.76 to be “a fuse, circuit-breaker or other device installed as required by the Electricity Distributor for interrupting the supply to an electrical installation on a consumer’s premises from the supply main”. In the special case where a customer’s installation is supplied directly from a substation and protected at its origin, then a service protective device need not be installed on the consumer’s main switchboard. In practice, some Electricity Distributors’ require a service protective device to be on the consumers main switchboard regardless of any protective devices in the substation, and the designer must comply with the Electricity Distributors’ requirements.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

A consumers mains supplied directly from a substation is not necessarily protected for the currentcarrying capacity of the cable. The Electricity Distributor may connect several distribution services to a single transformer output fuse (sometimes called double banking). The purpose of the fuse in this circumstance is to provide overload protection to the transformer, and may provide short circuit protection to the cable. If a circuit-breaker is provided, as the service protective device at the main switchboard, then this is not a main switch for the terms of Clause 7.10.4, and the Electricity Distributor may require a service protective device in this circumstance to be locked, complying with Clause 7.10.4.1(ii). If the service protective device is a fuse which matches the maximum demand of the installation, then this can introduce a discrimination and grading problem which is not readily resolved. In every case, the designer must consider the rating and type of service protective device and negotiate the supply arrangements with the Electricity Distributor. For example, it can be shown that for a load of 300 A connected directly to a 400 A distributor fuse at a substation, it is not possible to grade the consumerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s electrical installation with the distributor fuse if a service protective device rated greater than 300 A is provided at the main switchboard. The designer needs to ensure that the whole of the electrical installation is under the control of a main switch or switches in accordance with Clause 2.8.3.3 and that these switches are on the main switchboard.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The designer should be aware that in the case where a main switchboard supplies an adjacent metering panel the submains leaving the main switchboard require overcurrent protection and isolation in accordance with the Wiring rules. Clause 2.8.3.4.2 requires that every submain and final subcircuit having a rating exceeding 100 A per phase is controlled by a separate isolating switch on the switchboard where the circuit originates. Coordination In the absence of any information regarding upstream protective devices, prospective short-circuit current is taken to have a fault duration of one 1 s. The designer must consider the short circuit rating of the protective devices and coordinate the protective devices to ensure that each one has been selected for the appropriate short circuit rating to suit the location in the circuit. Protective device manufacturers provide coordination tables and these demonstrate the combination of protective devices which may be connected in series to ensure that the short circuit ratings are achieved. Typical applications include the use of series connected or fault current limiting circuit-breakers, and downstream circuit-breakers (sometimes referred to as cascading), and the use of fuses and downstream circuit-breakers. Care must be taken when using a combination of fuses and circuitbreakers to ensure that these devices will coordinate and discriminate. For example, it can be shown that a 100 A HRC fuse can limit the downstream fault current to 3 kA for faults up to 50 kA, and that the fuse will operate under short circuit fault conditions within 3 ms. It can be shown that for a typical 16 A 6 kA circuit-breaker, that the maximum rating HRC fuse that will limit the fault current to that which the 6 kA circuit-breaker can withstand is 160 A.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

For high fault currents, the designer should refer to the I2t characteristics of the fuse and circuitbreaker and AS/NZS 4898 provides guidance on the verification of coordination. Equipment overloads and protective devices There may be additional protective devices installed for the control and protection of equipment such as motors. One device which is commonly used is a motor overload. The overload automatically disconnects the load from the supply under certain conditions and under predetermined current settings. The overload may not be designed to break the current experienced under a short circuit fault, however, so the selection of coordinated circuit-breaker and overload combinations becomes essential. These protective devices need to be assessed in terms of the prospective short circuit rating, and the overload characteristics. For example, a circuit-breaker which protects a motor is expected to operate under fault conditions and is rated for the fault current. The designer must consider the protection to be provided as Type 1 or Type 2, and select devices accordingly. If the overload is not rated for the fault current, then the designer must ensure that the circuit-breaker will provide the protection required. AS 3947.4.1 allows for Type 1 and Type 2 performance and these may be described as: Type 1 Under short circuit conditions the starter shall not cause danger to persons or the installation. The starter itself may need repair.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Type 2 After a short circuit the starter is suitable for further service. A contact weld is permitted, but it must be easily separated â&#x20AC;&#x201C; e.g. by a screwdriver, without significant deformation. Type 2 coordination does not mean that the starter is suitable for normal operation without inspection/repair of the contacts. The protective device manufacturers provide tables for the selection of circuit-breakers, and overloads relating to the motor and starter being protected, and the prospective short-circuit current of the system. 3.7

Earthing

The earthing required for the installation needs to be defined as an integral part of the design. The MEN system of earthing complies with the requirements of Section 5 Wiring rules, and is used in this document. The designer needs to include an earthing schematic and provide earthing conductor sizes as appropriate. The elements to be addressed are: Earth electrode The earth electrode type must be selected and specified, and the location must be shown in the design.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

In general, the electrode is to be exposed to the weather, external to the building, and separated from metallic enclosures of other services. Main earthing conductor The main earthing conductor shall— a) b) c) d) e)

be taken from the main earthing bar to the earth electrode in as direct a manner as possible; have a resistance shall not exceed 0.5 Ω; and be of high conductivity copper (Clause 5.6.3.3) or other materials in accordance with Clause 5.5.2.2; and not be less than 4 mm2 cross-sectional area – maximum size 120 mm2 (copper) cross-sectional area; and be insulated and identified as required by the Wiring rules.

Main earthing bar The main earthing bar must comply with the requirements of Clause 2.9.3. MEN link

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The MEN link is made at the main switchboard or alternatively under special circumstances at a substation. The cross-sectional area of the MEN link must be not less than the main earthing conductor, except where the consumers mains are not protected on the supply side by short circuit protective devices. In this latter case, the MEN link cross-sectional area shall be not less than the main neutral conductor. Earthing of detached buildings The designer has a choice of— a)

establishing a MEN link at the distribution board in the outbuilding. Only one MEN per outbuilding, and the distribution board is considered to be a main switchboard for MEN purposes only, or using a protective earthing conductor which is connected to the main earthing conductor. In this case, the requirements of Clause 5.6.7 apply, and the designer must take care to ensure that the fault-loop impedance requirements are satisfied.

In implementing (a) the designer must observe Clause 5.6.6(b)(v) in ensuring that neutral conductors are not in parallel with other conductive parts such as metallic pipes, structural metal or screened cables. Protective earthing conductors The minimum protective earthing conductor size is determined by the fault-loop impedance limitations, and a guide is included in Table B5.1 Wiring rules. For other circumstances, the requirements of Clause 5.5 apply, and in particular Table 5.1 Wiring rules. Equipotential bonding Equipotential bonding is required in accordance with Clause 5.8 and where required by that clause equipotential bonding conductors shall have a resistance not exceeding 0.5 Ω.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Residual current devices RCDs provide protection against earth leakage currents, and the installation of these devices is required by Clause 2.5.3 in certain circumstances, including residential type installations. The designer must take care when including RCDs that the leakage currents and transients inherent to the load do not exceed 1/3 of the rated residual current of the RCD. Typically a combination RCD and over current circuit-breaker is used, called an RCD/MCB. Earthing of metallic switchboard enclosures The protective earthing conductor for a metallic switchboard enclosure must be attached to the fixed portion of the switchboard, and in addition a flexible conductor must be used to join any hinged metallic part of the switchboard to the fixed portion of the switchboard. The size of the protective earthing conductor for a metallic switchboard enclosure is determined in accordance with Clause 5.6.7.4 and this protective earthing conductor must be selected to meet the prospective short-circuit current characteristics. 3.8

Switchboards

The factors to be considered in switchboard design and installation include: Location

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The main switchboard location shall be as follows: a) b) c) d) e) f)

Well ventilated and dry unless protected against moisture. Accessible and not obstructed by the structure of the building or by fixtures and fittings. Within easy access of the entry to a building (unless remote control of main switches Clause 2.8.3.3.4). External to any domestic installation if forming part of a multiple electrical installation. Not installed in a fire isolated stairway, passageway, or ramp. Identified if the location is not clear.

Clause 2.9.8.4 provides a guide to the requirements for switchboards in restricted locations. . Fault rating A switchboard may be manufactured and issued with a type test certificate to verify that it complies with the requirements of AS 3439, otherwise the requirements of that standard must be met. The prospective short-circuit current at each switchboard must be determined in the design, and recorded. The fault rating of switchboards is determined by the automatic disconnection time of the upstream protective device at the prospective short-circuit current which may flow into a fault at the switchboard. In the absence of any information regarding the upstream protective device, 1 s is used for the fault duration. Equipment selection The switchboard equipment selection is based on: a) b) c)

The maximum demand as determined for the cable selection of the circuit to be connected. The load characteristic, e.g. motor starting. The prospective short-circuit current at the switchboard or protective device.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

The use of current limiting circuit-breakers or fuses can reduce the effective prospective shortcircuit current in the system, and the designer should refer to the manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s literature to select compatible protective devices. Bus bar selection Clause 3.4.1 indicates that bus bar size is determined by reference to AS 4388, according to the maximum anticipated load current. The bus bar dimensions must allow for the mechanical and electrical stresses expected to be encountered in the application. Neutral bar selection Clause 2.9.3.2 provides the neutral bar requirements, and AS 4388 provides further details on the size. Active bars and neutral link selection In general, the active bars and neutral links must be capable of terminating conductors by lug, tunnel terminal, or clamp and have a current-carrying capacity not less than the current capacity of the conductor supplying the bar or link. 3.10

Final subcircuits

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The final subcircuit wiring has been partially determined in the planning phase, by assigning a maximum voltage drop. This is a nominal assignment and is at the discretion of the designer. The designer checks the minimum cross-sectional area conductor which satisfies the prospective short-circuit current and protective device operating times at the switchboard. The designer makes a preliminary selection of the final subcircuit cable on the basis of current-carrying capacity determined by the derating factors due to installation and environment. For example the minimum size conductor for a circuit supplying socket-outlets is given by Table 3.4 Wiring rules, as 2.5 mm2, and the current-carrying capacity of a two core and earth cable partially surrounded by thermal insulation is given by Table 9 Col 10 AS 3008.1.1 to be 18 A. The nearest lower size of circuit-breaker to protect this cable is 16 A. For lights and socket-outlets, the load is usually distributed, so it is permissible to use 50% of the circuit-breaker rating to determine the voltage drop. For other loads and those which are lumped at the end of a circuit, the full load rating is taken for voltage drop purposes. The designer may refer to Appendix Table A6 for a quick guide on the maximum length of cable for the circuit. Domestic installations This handbook is not intended to address the special requirements for domestic installations and the designer is referred to AS/NZS 3018 for further detail. Maximum number of points on a subcircuit and installation requirements. The maximum number of points on a final subcircuit is determined by the load to be connected at the points, the diversity, and the protective device current rating. One method is to use Appendix C Wiring rules. The designer must assess the most appropriate method to be used. Lighting Allow for actual or expected load, so for lighting estimate the average luminaire rating.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Socket-outlets Allow for diversity on residential outlets as they are provided for convenience. The designer must observe Clause 1.8.5 and design for the expected loads on the socket-outlets. For example, in a residence a circuit serving the kitchen may be expected to serve several appliances with a load of 5 A each, while the bedrooms may have a total load of 3 A. Prudent design will share the expected loads so that the areas of high load are spread across more than one circuit. Hot water, range, motors and stationary equipment The circuit rating is matched to the load. Isolation and functional switches An isolation switch is to be provided in some applications and this may be the circuit-breaker on the distribution board. An isolation switch shall have a facility for preventing inadvertent operation. Clause 2.8 details the requirements for isolation and functional switches. Where fixed or stationary cooking appliances are used, a functional switch is required in accordance with Clause 4.3.11. RCD/MCBs

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Clauses 1.7.5 and 2.5 details the circumstances where an RCD is required. A combination RCD/MCB may be used to provide both over current and earth leakage protection using a single protective device.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

Installation

The installation method must match the design, and if this is not the case, then the design may need to be modified and checked before proceeding with the electrical installation. Much of the requirements of AS/NZS 3000 and AS/NZS 3008.1.1 depend on the electrical installation details for cable current-carrying capacity, safety, and isolation.

Ins tallation Begins

To D e s ign B e gin s Chec k & Rev iew that D es ign c an be Ins talled as P lanned Review D es ig n & Rec alc ulate

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

NO Ins talled as per D es ign?

Y ES

Ins tallation En ds

Figure 1.8 Installation process

Note: The installation phase follows the design as detailed and must be exactly as determined in the design. If this is not the case, then the design must be completely reviewed and recalculated if necessary.

Testing and verification

When the installation has been completed, the electrical installation must be checked to verify that it has complied with the design requirements and therefore with AS/NZS 3000. AS/NZS 3000 Section 6 requires both visual inspection and determinative testing to be completed. AS/NZS 3017 provides a description of the methods of carrying out inspection and testing for electrical installations. This is particularly relevant for the impedance values of circuits when measured at ambient temperatures. ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Guidance notes for solutions

Section 2 of this handbook contains solutions which have been developed to demonstrate the applications of AS/NZS 3000 for the design of electrical installation. 6.1

Format

The solutions follow a format similar to Section 1 as the designer works through briefing, planning and design. The format has been standardised so that a designer can readily develop other solutions based on this handbook, and can adopt the methodology to other applications. A blank pro-forma document is included in Section 2. If the designer records the calculations in the manner suggested, then the installer can readily check the installation and verify compliance with the design, and AS/NZS 3000. The solutions have been selected to demonstrate different approaches and the way in which different solutions may be developed. The solutions are not intended to be prescriptive. 6.2

Service and installation rules

The solutions include references to the Service Rules, and this is only intended to address the generic requirements, not the specific rules of a particular Electricity Distributor.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Where a solution includes a specific Electricity Distributor Service Rule requirement then this is to illustrate a design feature so users of this handbook should adapt the solution to the Service Rules which apply to the region where the electrical installation is to occur. 6.3

Selection of cables

The selection of cables may follow different methodologies, yet arrive at the same conclusion. The methods used depend on the application as in one case the cable selection may be primarily based on current-carrying capacity and in another case, based on voltage drop. Regardless of the method used, the outcome should be the same. The method used in the developed solutions is one suggested method, is not prescriptive, and is adapted to suit the application. The suggested method is as follows: Cable selection Select the cables using the procedure outlined in this document and record the details on the attached sheet, addressing in turn: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j)

Fault level. Short circuitâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Minimum conductor size. Voltage Drop. Maximum Demand. Load Current. Derating due to installation. Route Length. Fault-loop impedance limit. Cable impedance. Cable insulation and installation detail.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Cable selection procedure Step 1 Cable designation The designer needs to allocate each cable an identifying name or code. Step 2 Fault level at origin This is the fault level at the origin of the cable in question given by: a) b)

Initial fault level at the point of supply – from the Electricity Distributor. Fault level at the end of the cable which supplies the one being calculated.

That is, At the main switchboard (MSB), supplied by consumers main cable (cm), find the fault level at MSB, given the fault level at the point of supply (Ips) VL = Zs = Ips = Zcm = IMSB =

Three-phase system nominal voltage Impedance at the point of supply Short-circuit current at the point of supply Impedance of the consumers mains – one phase only Fault level at the end of the consumers mains, that is, at the main switchboard

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Then, IMSB is given by: (Refer to Appendix B1) ZS =

VL / 3 IS

I MSB =

VL / 3 Z cm + Z s

And for a single phase circuit, the fault is between phase and neutral Then, I LN =

VL / 3 ZS + ZL + Z N

ZL = submain impedance for the active ZN = submain impedance for the neutral ILN = short-circuit current at the end of the cable Other formulae for determining the fault currents and system impedances are provided in Appendix B1. A look up table for typical fault level and impedances is contained in Appendix Table A1. The prospective short-circuit current at the end of the cable is determined and recorded.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

Step 3 Determine the minimum cross-sectional area of conductor permitted for connection to a system with this prospective fault current There may be a special requirement or dispensation for the minimum cross-sectional area of consumers mains conductor to be connected at the point of supply and this is a “Service Rule” issue. If so, then note the detail. The minimum cross-sectional area conductor which may be subjected to a short circuit fault current is given by the formula: I 2t = K 2S 2 where, I = t = K= S=

Prospective short-circuit current, in Amps Duration of short circuit, in seconds Constant depending on the material of the current-carrying component, the initial temperature and the final temperature Cross-sectional area of the current-carrying component, in square millimetres

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 provides a series of tables to determine the values for K.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

For V 75 cable, the initial temperature may be taken as 75°C, and the final temperature as 160°C, Table 52 AS/NZS 3008.1.1. For copper conductors using V 75 insulation, then the value of K from Table 51 AS/NZS 3008.1.1 is 111. A look up table, Appendix A Table A3, has been derived for ease of determining the minimum values of cross-sectional area for different values of time, using K = 111. The duration of a fault is determined by the protective device which has been selected to automatically disconnect the supply in the event of a fault of the magnitude of the current connected. The time to be used then in the formula is the time taken to operate under these conditions. In the event that there is no dispensation from the Electricity Distributor, and no information regarding upstream protective devices, the designer is advised to use 1 s in short circuit duration calculations, otherwise determine the disconnection time for the protective device from the manufacturers details. a) b)

For HRC fuses, typical disconnection times under high fault currents are less than 5 ms. For MCCBs, typical disconnection times are 5 ms to 10 ms.

Determine the minimum cross-sectional conductor required in this case, from Appendix A Table A3, assuming the use of V 75 insulated copper cables. From this calculation, the minimum cross-sectional area cable to be used is recorded. Step 4 Determine the current-carrying capacity required using the maximum demand calculation sheet The designer must allow for future growth where appropriate, and judgement and experience is required.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

The designer must allow for diversity where this is not directly provided by the calculation. That is, electrical loads may have some diversity in the time at which the demands coincide. If the demands are not coincident, then a diversity factor can be applied to reduce the overall demand. The installation methods used, and environmental factors may cause the cable to heat more rapidly than anticipated in the current-carrying capacity tables of AS/NZS 3008.1.1, so the effective current-carrying capacity is derated according to the environment. Table 2 of AS/NZS 3008.1.1 provides an overview of the derating tables which follow in that document. The overall derating factor is the product of the individual derating factors, that is, d overall = d1 × d 2 × d 3 In circumstances the cable rating may be increased, i.e. d > 1. The effective current-carrying capacity is the product of the current-carrying capacity of the cable, and the overall derating factor. So to find a cable to satisfy the derated value of carrying capacity, divide the maximum demand by the overall derating factor. CapacityCable =

MD d overall

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record the derating factors and the proposed installation method. Step 5 Calculate the maximum impedance permissible within the fault loop For the protective device on the circuit, and the disconnection time, determine the maximum permissible fault-loop impedance. Refer to Figure 1.6. The protective device rating and type is determined by: a) b) c)

The fault level at the switchboard. The discrimination characteristics required for emergency systems, Clause 2.4.6 and Clause 7.10.4.4. Satisfying the following two conditions of Clause 2.4.3.2:

IB ≤ IN ≤ IZ

and

I 2 ≤ 1.45 × I Z

where IB = IN = IZ = I2 =

The maximum demand of the circuit The nominal rating of the protective device The continuous current rating of the cable The current ensuring effective operation of the protective device is taken to be: i) 1.45 IN for circuit-breakers; or ii) 1.6 IN for fuses in accordance with AS 2005 series.

Therefore to satisfy the equations, the minimum current capacity of the cable which can be connected to a fuse is derated by 0.9, i.e. (1.45/1.6 = 0.9). Appendix A7 has been reproduced from Table B4.1 Wiring rules, and the designer can record the maximum permissible fault-loop impedance limit from this table.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

Step 6 Target voltage drop and cable selection The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised. The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m and record the cable lengths. Using the target voltage drop, load current and length, determine the cable which satisfies the equation: Vc =

1000 Vd L×I

where, Vc = Vd = L= I=

millivolt drop per ampere-metre route length of circuit, as shown in Tables 40 to 50 AS/NZS 3008.1.1, in mV/Am voltage drop on the circuit, in volts route length of the circuit, in metres current carried by the cable, in amperes

Where the load power factor varies from 0.8 lagging, the designer must use alternative methods as described in Section 4 AS/NZS 3008.1.1

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The cable selected must also satisfy the maximum permissible fault-loop impedance as recorded above. Appendix A Tables A4 and A5 provide a look up facility for cable impedances using copper cables with V 75 insulation. For underground wiring systems record the installation details from Clause 3.11 as follows: a) b)

Category of system (Table 3.6). Minimum requirements (Table 3.7).

Where this cable supplies a switchboard, determine the prospective short-circuit current at the end of the cable. Step 7 Proceed to determine the cables for each section of the installation in turn, working from the main switchboard Record the cable selections in the pro-forma table.

6.4

Fault ratings of switchboards

The fault rating of the switchboard at the end of the cable selected is given by the prospective short-circuit current at that point in the circuit, and the protective device automatic disconnection time. The protective device disconnection time must be determined for a fault equal to the prospective short-circuit current at the end of the cable where the switchboard is connected. The protective device, bus bars, links and switches are recorded.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

6.5

1: The design and installation process

Earthing

The earthing system should be recorded and the size of the conductors recorded. In particular, the protective earthing conductor which connects the main earth bar to any metallic enclosure must meet the requirements of Clauses 5.5.1, 5.6.7.4 and 5.7.3.5. 6.6

Distribution boards and final subcircuits

This handbook does not attempt to address all of the specific requirements for distribution boards and final subcircuits. Designers and installers must refer to AS/NZS 3000 for general requirements, and AS/NZS 3018 (Domestic installations) and AS/NZS 3017 (Inspection and testing) for specific requirements. 6.7

Fault-loop impedance values

Record the impedance values for the fault loop which applies to the installation. With reference to Figure 1.6, Zext may not be known, and the designer should refer to the techniques described in Appendix B2. The recorded values may be used for the testing and verification of the electrical installation.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

AS/NZS 3017 provides guidance for inspection and testing and in particular, reference should be made to the impedance values expected for cables and circuits at ambient temperature.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301—2001

Appendix A Look up tables Table A1

Typical fault levels and impedance

This table contains typical fault levels and equipment impedances encountered. Supplied direct from substation transformer kVA

Transformer impedance %

IFL

ISC

Ω

500 750 1000 1500 2000

5 5 5 5 5

721.7 1082.5 1443.4 2165 2886

14.4 21.6 28.87 43.3 57.7

0.0277 0.0185 0.0138 0.0092 0.0069

ZTR

Where, Transformer Impedance – varies according to the Electricity Distributor’s requirements

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

IFL – ISC – ZTR –

Full load current rating of the transformer Prospective short-circuit current Effective transformer impedance under short circuit conditions

The designer is advised to contact the Electricity Distributor and verify the supply details as these may vary from region to region. It should be noted that as the transformer characteristic impedance (%) increases, the prospective short-circuit current decreases. For example, a 2000 kVA transformer with 6.5% impedance has a prospective short-circuit current of 30.8 kA, which is almost half that of the transformer with 5% impedance. If transformers are connected in parallel, then the equivalent impedance of the upstream network is reduced accordingly. That is for “n” identical transformers (each with impedance ZTR) connected in parallel, the effective impedance is ZTR/n, and the short-circuit current is nIsc, where Isc was the short-circuit current for a single transformer.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Table A2 Assessment of maximum demand – ADMD method

Typical load density values (VA/m2) for different types of floor area usage (Nett areas) These load density values depend on many factors including— a)

the effects of the outside environment on the building structure and type of air conditioning system;

the effects of heat or electrical loads within the premises;

the proposed lighting design; and

the degree of environment control and load management within the premises.

The average values may be used where insufficient information is available. Type of Development

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Offices -

Car parking Warehousing Shops Shopping centres (assumed A/C shops) Industrial

Theatres, halls etc Hotels, taverns, restaurants

Range

Average

- not air-conditioned - air-conditioned – cooling - reverse cycle - electrical reheat open areas - electrical reheat zonal or package units - variable volume - open air - ventilated - unventilated - ventilated - not air-conditioned - air-conditioned

VA/m2 40-60 70-100 60-90 80-120 90-130 60-80 0-10 10-20 5-15 10-20 40-100 60-140

VA/m2 50 85 75 100 110 70 5 15 10 15 70 100

- not air-conditioned public areas

60-140

100

- air-conditioned public areas - light - if ventilated add - if air-conditioned add (see note) - ventilated - air-conditioned

80-160 10-20 10-20 30-50 50-70 80-120

120 15 15 40 60 100

60-100

Note: Medium and heavy industrial areas require full details of connected load before an assessment of demand can be made. Only uniformly distributed loads such as lighting and air-conditioning can be assessed using this area usage method.

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable type V 75, initial temperature 75 0C, Final Temperature 160 0C K = 111, Solving for minimum conductor cross-sectional area in mm2 Time (s)

1 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.3 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.5 2.7 2.8 4.0 4.9 5.7 6.4 7.0 7.5 8.1 8.5 9.0

3 0.9 1.5 1.9 2.7 3.8 4.7 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.6 8.1 8.5 12.1 14.8 17.1 19.1 20.9 22.6 24.2 25.6 27.0

6 1.7 3.0 3.8 5.4 7.6 9.4 10.8 12.1 13.2 14.3 15.3 16.2 17.1 24.2 29.6 34.2 38.2 41.9 45.2 48.3 51.3 54.1

40 11.4 19.7 25.5 36.0 51.0 62.4 72.1 80.6 88.3 95.3 101.9 108.1 114.0 161.2 197.4 227.9 254.8 279.1 301.5 322.3 341.9 360.4

50 14.2 24.7 31.9 45.0 63.7 78.0 90.1 100.7 110.3 119.2 127.4 135.1 142.4 201.4 246.7 284.9 318.5 348.9 376.9 402.9 427.3 450.5

60 17.1 29.6 38.2 54.1 76.4 93.6 108.1 120.9 132.4 143.0 152.9 162.2 170.9 241.7 296.1 341.9 382.2 418.7 452.2 483.5 512.8 540.5

0.001 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1

Prospective short-circuit current, kA 10 20 30 2.8 5.7 8.5 4.9 9.9 14.8 6.4 12.7 19.1 9.0 18.0 27.0 12.7 25.5 38.2 15.6 31.2 46.8 18.0 36.0 54.1 20.1 40.3 60.4 22.1 44.1 66.2 23.8 47.7 71.5 25.5 51.0 76.4 27.0 54.1 81.1 28.5 57.0 85.5 40.3 80.6 120.9 49.3 98.7 148.0 57.0 114.0 170.9 63.7 127.4 191.1 69.8 139.6 209.4 75.4 150.7 226.1 80.6 161.2 241.7 85.5 170.9 256.4 90.1 180.2 270.3

1: The design and installation process

www.standards.com.au

Table A3 Minimum cable cross-sectional area in mm2 for K=111—Short circuit characteristics

So, for a prospective short-circuit current of 30 kA and a fault duration of 0.1 s, the minimum size conductor which may be connected is 95 mm2 as this is the next standard cable size larger than the value given of 85.5 mm2.

HB 301—2001

This table shows the minimum size conductor (for k =111) which may be connected to an electrical installation with protective short-circuit current given by the X axis, and for a fault duration given by the Y axis.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

 Standards Australia

Table A4 Cable impedance values for V 75 single-core conductors—Installed touching Conductor size (mm2)

Impedance values in ohms/1000 m R1000 XL1000 Z1000

25.8000

1.5 2.5

Impedance values in ohms for varying lengths of conductor 5

100

0.1290

0.2580

0.5160

0.7740

1.0320

1.2900

1.5480

1.8060

2.0641

2.3221

2.5801

0.1840

25.8007

16.5000

0.1720

16.5009

0.0825

0.1650

0.3300

0.4950

0.6600

0.8250

0.9901

1.1551

1.3201

1.4851

1.6501

9.0100

0.1590

9.0114

0.0451

0.0901

0.1802

0.2703

0.3605

0.4506

0.5407

0.6308

0.7209

0.8110

0.9011

5.6100

0.1520

5.6121

0.0281

0.0561

0.1122

0.1684

0.2245

0.2806

0.3367

0.3928

0.4490

0.5051

0.5612

0.1430

3.7527

0.0188

0.0375

0.0751

0.1126

0.1501

0.1876

0.2252

0.2627

0.3002

0.3377

0.3753

2.2300

0.1340

2.2340

0.0112

0.0223

0.0447

0.0670

0.0894

0.1117

0.1340

0.1564

0.1787

0.2011

0.2234

1.4000

0.1260

1.4057

0.0070

0.0141

0.0281

0.0422

0.0562

0.0703

0.0843

0.0984

0.1125

0.1265

0.1406

0.8840

0.1210

0.8922

0.0045

0.0089

0.0178

0.0268

0.0357

0.0446

0.0535

0.0625

0.0714

0.0803

0.0892

0.6380

0.1170

0.6486

0.0032

0.0065

0.0130

0.0195

0.0259

0.0324

0.0389

0.0454

0.0519

0.0584

0.0649

0.4710

0.1110

0.4839

0.0024

0.0048

0.0097

0.0145

0.0194

0.0242

0.0290

0.0339

0.0387

0.0436

0.0484

0.3270

0.1070

0.3441

0.0017

0.0034

0.0069

0.0103

0.0138

0.0172

0.0206

0.0241

0.0275

0.0310

0.0344

0.2360

0.1060

0.2587

0.0013

0.0026

0.0052

0.0078

0.0103

0.0129

0.0155

0.0181

0.0207

0.0233

0.0259

120

0.1880

0.1020

0.2139

0.0011

0.0021

0.0043

0.0064

0.0086

0.0107

0.0128

0.0150

0.0171

0.0192

0.0214

150

0.1530

0.1020

0.1839

0.0009

0.0018

0.0037

0.0055

0.0074

0.0092

0.0110

0.0129

0.0147

0.0165

0.0184

185

0.1230

0.1010

0.1592

0.0008

0.0016

0.0032

0.0048

0.0064

0.0080

0.0095

0.0111

0.0127

0.0143

0.0159

240

0.0948

0.0999

0.1377

0.0007

0.0014

0.0028

0.0041

0.0055

0.0069

0.0083

0.0096

0.0110

0.0124

0.0138

300

0.0770

0.0991

0.1255

0.0006

0.0013

0.0025

0.0038

0.0050

0.0063

0.0075

0.0088

0.0100

0.0113

0.0125

400

0.0620

0.0982

0.1161

0.0006

0.0012

0.0023

0.0035

0.0046

0.0058

0.0070

0.0081

0.0093

0.0105

0.0116

500

0.0506

0.0973

0.1097

0.0005

0.0011

0.0022

0.0033

0.0044

0.0055

0.0066

0.0077

0.0088

0.0099

0.0110

630

0.0418

0.0952

0.1040

0.0005

0.0010

0.0021

0.0031

0.0042

0.0052

0.0062

0.0073

0.0083

0.0094

0.0104

www.standards.com.au

R1000 = Resistance for 1000 m XL1000 = Inductive reactive for 1000 m Z1000 = Impedance for 1000 m

1: The design and installation process

3.7500

6 10

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Conductor Impedance values in ohms/1000 m size 2 (mm ) R1000 XL1000 Z1000

Impedance values in ohms for varying lengths of conductor 5

100

25.8000

0.1190

25.8003

0.1290

0.2580

0.5160

0.7740

1.0320

1.2900

1.5480

1.8060

2.0640

2.3220

2.5800

1.5

16.5000

0.1110

16.5004

0.0825

0.1650

0.3300

0.4950

0.6600

0.8250

0.9900

1.1550

1.3200

1.4850

1.6500

2.5

9.0100

0.1020

9.0106

0.0451

0.0901

0.1802

0.2703

0.3604

0.4505

0.5406

0.6307

0.7208

0.8110

0.9011

5.6100

0.1020

5.6109

0.0281

0.0561

0.1122

0.1683

0.2244

0.2805

0.3367

0.3928

0.4489

0.5050

0.5611

3.7500

0.0967

3.7512

0.0188

0.0375

0.0750

0.1125

0.1500

0.1876

0.2251

0.2626

0.3001

0.3376

0.3751

2.2300

0.0906

2.2318

0.0112

0.0223

0.0446

0.0670

0.0893

0.1116

0.1339

0.1562

0.1785

0.2009

0.2232

1.4000

0.0861

1.4026

0.0070

0.0140

0.0281

0.0421

0.0561

0.0701

0.0842

0.0982

0.1122

0.1262

0.1403

0.8840

0.0853

0.8881

0.0044

0.0089

0.0178

0.0266

0.0355

0.0444

0.0533

0.0622

0.0710

0.0799

0.0888

0.6380

0.0826

0.6433

0.0032

0.0064

0.0129

0.0193

0.0257

0.0322

0.0386

0.0450

0.0515

0.0579

0.0643

0.4710

0.0797

0.4777

0.0024

0.0048

0.0096

0.0143

0.0191

0.0239

0.0287

0.0334

0.0382

0.0430

0.0478

0.3270

0.0770

0.3359

0.0017

0.0034

0.0067

0.0101

0.0134

0.0168

0.0202

0.0235

0.0269

0.0302

0.0336

0.2360

0.0776

0.2484

0.0012

0.0025

0.0050

0.0075

0.0099

0.0124

0.0149

0.0174

0.0199

0.0224

0.0248

120

0.1880

0.0743

0.2021

0.0010

0.0020

0.0040

0.0061

0.0081

0.0101

0.0121

0.0142

0.0162

0.0182

0.0202

150

0.1530

0.0745

0.1702

0.0009

0.0017

0.0034

0.0051

0.0068

0.0085

0.0102

0.0119

0.0136

0.0153

0.0170

185

0.1230

0.0744

0.1438

0.0007

0.0014

0.0029

0.0043

0.0058

0.0072

0.0086

0.0101

0.0115

0.0129

0.0144

240

0.0955

0.0735

0.1205

0.0006

0.0012

0.0024

0.0036

0.0048

0.0060

0.0072

0.0084

0.0096

0.0108

0.0121

300

0.0778

0.0732

0.1068

0.0005

0.0011

0.0021

0.0032

0.0043

0.0053

0.0064

0.0075

0.0085

0.0096

0.0107

400

0.0630

0.0728

0.0963

0.0005

0.0010

0.0019

0.0029

0.0039

0.0048

0.0058

0.0067

0.0077

0.0087

0.0096

500

0.0525

0.0723

0.0894

0.0004

0.0009

0.0018

0.0027

0.0036

0.0045

0.0054

0.0063

0.0071

0.0080

0.0089

6 10

1: The design and installation process

www.standards.com.au

Table A5 Cable impedance values for V 75 multicore cables—Circular conductors

HB 301—2001

R1000 = Resistance for 1000 m XL1000 = Inductive reactive for 1000 m Z1000 = Impedance for 1000 m

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 300—2001

Table A6 Maximum circuit lengths for 2% to 3% voltage drop, single-phase circuits

Active conductor

Earth conductor

A 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125

mm2 1 1.5 2.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 6.0 10.0 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.0

mm2 1 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 16.0

50% 100% Rated I Rated I Maximum circuit length for 2.5 % 1´

50% 100% Rated I Rated I Maximum circuit length for 2.0 % 1´

44 42 48 38 49 38 46 62 78 97 107 115

22 20 23 19 24 19 23 31 39 48 53 57

36 35 40 31 40 31 38 51 65 80 89 95

m 18 16 19 15 20 15 19 25 32 40 44 47

29 28 32 25 32 25 30 41 52 64 71 76

14 13 16 12 16 12 15 20 26 32 35 38

Protective device

50% 100% Rated I Rated I Maximum circuit length for 3 % 1´

1: The design and installation process

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301— 2001

A7 Maximum values of fault-loop impedance (Table B4.1 Wiring rules) Maximum values of fault-loop impedance (ZS) at 230 V a.c. Circuit-breakers Protective device rating

Fuses Type B

Type C

Type D

Disconnection times 0.4 s

Maximum circuit impedance ZS Ω

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

0.4 s

9.58

5.11

3.07

11.50

15.33

5.75

3.07

1.84

6.39

9.20

3.59

1.92

1.15

3.07

5.00

2.88

1.53

0.92

2.09

3.59

2.30

1.23

0.74

1.64

2.71

1.80

0.96

0.58

1.28

2.19

1.44

0.77

0.46

0.96

1.64

1.15

0.61

0.37

0.72

1.28

0.91

0.49

0.29

0.55

0.94

0.72

0.38

0.23

0.38

0.68

100

0.58

0.31

0.18

0.27

0.48

125

0.46

0.25

0.15

0.21

0.43

160

0.36

0.19

0.12

0.16

0.30

200

0.29

0.15

0.09

0.13

0.23

The values of Zs in Table A7 were calculated using the equation: Z s =

Uo Ia

Where: Zs Uo Ia

= = =

fault-loop impedance nominal phase voltage (230 V) current causing automatic operation of the protective device, as follows: Ia for circuit-breakers are mean tripping currents as follows: Type B = 4 times rated current Type C = 7.5 times rated current Type D = 12.5 times rated current Ia for fuses are approximate mean values from AS 2005.21.2.

NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4.

The types of circuit-breakers (Type B, C or D) are based on the types described in AS/NZS 4898. Fuses based on AS 2005.21.2 are also known as BS 88 type fuses. When the nominal phase voltage of the electrical installation is not 230 V, Zs may be determined by multiplying by a factor of Uo/230. For a nominal phase voltage of 240 V, the factor would be ≅ 1.04. The circuit-breaker disconnection times for 5 s are not shown in this table as the thermal operating characteristic varies between manufacturers, and the current for 5 s operation is typically in the thermal region of the circuit-breaker characteristics.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Appendix B Theoretical information B1—Prospective short-circuit current The prospective short-circuit current can be determined for any point in an electrical system if the designer applies some basic electrical formulae, and these are: Ohm’s law Three-phase power Single-phase power Impedance

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

4-Wire star connected system 3-Wire delta connected system Where, V I R XL Z j P VL VP IL IP θ cos θ

V=IR P =√3 VL IL P=VI Z = R + j XL , and Z =√ [R2 + XL2], and Z ∠θ, where θ = tan-1 [XL/ R] VL = √3 VP, and IL = IP VL = VP, and IL = √3 IP Voltage Current Resistance Inductive reactance Impedance Mathematical operator = √-1 Apparent power - volt amperes Voltage – line-to-line Voltage – phase Current – line-to-line Current – phase Angle created by the relationship between R and XL Power factor

In determining the prospective short-circuit current which can flow in a network, it is necessary to establish the prospective short-circuit current which may flow from the source. This short-circuit current is generally limited by the capacity of the network to generate the current, and the impedance of the network before it arrives at the point under consideration. This element is called the “upstream” network. The short-circuit current is called “prospective” because this is the theoretical maximum current which could flow under ideal network configuration and circumstances. .

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301— 2001

A simplified approach to the upstream network is adopted by electrical designers and in this handbook and is demonstrated in the following equations and examples. It is important to note that the impedances used are derived from the upstream network and depend on the circuit being considered. These examples consider that the fault level or the prospective short-circuit current are known or provided to the designer. Symbols and shorthand VL I sc Zs Z% FL s

The source (line-to-line) voltage is given as The prospective short-circuit current is given as The equivalent source impedance is given as The transformer % impedance is given as The fault level at the source is given as Worked examples: a)

For the circumstance where short-circuit current is given for the point of supply

Zs =

VL Isc

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

So, for a 400/230 V supply, given that the fault level is 10 kA, then the equivalent source impedance is,

Zs =

400 = 0.04 Ω at 400 V, and 10 000

Zs =

230 = 0.023 Ω at 230 V. 10 000

For the circumstance where the Electricity Distributor provides the “fault level” in kVA or MVA, then the 3-phase power equations apply and, the source impedance can be calculated as, I sc =

FLs 3 × VL

and

Zs =

VL Isc

So for a Fault Level of 10 MVA, find the equivalent impedance and the short-circuit current at the source. I sc =

www.standards.com.au

10 000 3 × 400

= 14 433 A = 14 .4 kA and

Zs =

400 = 0.0277 Ω at 400 V, and 14 433

Zs =

230 = 0.0159 Ω at 230 V. 14 433

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

For the circumstance where the transformer impedance is given as a percentage, then the fault level, fault current and transformer impedance is given by, FLs( MVA ) =

Transformer ( kVA ) × 100 1 000 × Z %

and for a 500 kVA 11000/400 V distribution transformer with 5% impedance, FLs (MVA ) =

500 × 100 = 10 MVA 1 000 × 5

and the Fault Current at the source and the equivalent impedance is given by the equation in (b) above, I sc =

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

I sc =

FLs

and

3 × VL 10 000 3 × 400

Zs =

VL Isc

= 14 433 A = 14 .4 kA and

Zs =

400 = 0.0277 Ω at 400 V, and 14 433

Zs =

230 = 0.0159 Ω at 230 V. 14 433

In this case, it is assumed that the upstream supply system impedance is negligible compared to the transformer impedance. Impedance is a vector quantity and the ratio of the quantities of R to XL (or R or XL to Z) must be known so that the designer can calculate total impedance. The phase angle is critical in determining impedance. In the simplified approach adopted in this handbook, the electrical designer may consider that the ratio of Rs /Zs to be 0.3 for the upstream network. This phase angle is given by cos-1 (0.3) = 72.50.

Im pedanc e Z

Reac tanc e XL

P has e Angle Res is tanc e R

Figure B1.1 Impedance triangle © Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301— 2001

One method which may be used to establish the total impedance of a network is the equivalent circuit method, and Thevenin’s Theorem provides a methodology for developing equivalent circuits. The Thevenin equivalent of the supply system can then be given by: Eq u iv a le n t s o u rc e im p e d a n c e

S h o rt C irc u it F a u lt

Figure B1.2 Thevenin equivalent circuit The Thevenin Theorem for developing an equivalent circuit is given by: i) ii)

A voltage source equal to the supply voltage on open circuit. A series connected impedance which represents the system impedance when the voltage source is disconnected and the branch is short circuited.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The three-phase circuit considered in this handbook is a low voltage 4-wire system connected to a star connected secondary transformer, with the neutral made available, and connected to ground. ZL

Fa u lt IS C

ZT ZL

Figure B1.3 Three-phase 4-wire system The maximum current which may flow in a circuit of this type is a bolted short circuit between the phases, resulting in a line to line to line fault. Under this scenario, the transformer windings and the line impedances form fault loops, and the short-circuit current flowing in any one line is given by,

Isc =

www.standards.com.au

VP where VP is the phase voltage, given by VL/√3 Zs

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

Where, ZS = ZT + ZL (in Fig B1 3) And for a line to neutral fault;

I LN =

VP Z S + Z LN

Where,

ZS =

ZLN =

VL / 3 I SC

Impedance of the loop comprising one phase of the active conductors, plus the neutral conductor, of the circuit considered.

Worked example Consider a circuit which comprises:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

500 kVA transformer, 11000/400 V, Delta Star, 5% impedance Consumers mains, 150 mm2 Copper PVC/PVC, 10 m long Submains 50 mm2 Copper PVC in conduit, 70 m long Submains 25 mm2 Copper PVC in conduit, 30 m long All submains are considered to be three phase. In this example, the prospective short-circuit current is required at the end of the circuit. For the transformer, the impedance is considered to be in the ratio of Rs /Zs of 0.3. The phase angle is given by cos-1 (0.3) = 72.50. The voltage considered is 400/√3 = 230 V. From the previously worked examples, the transformer impedance Z is 0.0159 ∠72.5. R = Z cos θ, R = 0.0159 cos 72.5 = 0.0048 Ω XL = Z sin θ, XL = 0.0159 sin 72.5 = 0.01516 Ω For the cable impedances the designer refers to the tables in AS/NZS 3008.1.1, and applying the thermal characteristics of the installation. An approximation can be made using Tables A4 and A5 in Appendix A of this handbook. The impedance values for the cables for this example are found in Appendix Table A4, and for the 150 mm2 consumers mains: R = 10 x R1000/1 000, where R1000 is the resistance for 1 000 m R = 10 x 0.153/1 000 = 0.00153 Ω XL = 10 x 0.102/1 000 = 0.00102 Ω

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301— 2001

The following schedule of impedances can be completed, all values in ohms:

Transformer Consumers mains Submain 1 Submain 2 Total

R 0.0048 0.00153 0.03297 0.02652 0.06582

The prospective short-circuit current then is

XL 0.01516 0.00102 0.00777 0.00363 0.02758

Isc =

0.0714 ∠22.7

VP at the end of the circuit. Zs

And, Isc = 230/0.0714 = 3 223 A If a single-phase submain is connected to this distribution network, then the short-circuit current considered is ILN as explained previously. For this example, consider a single-phase submain connected to the end of submain 2, and we will call this cable submain 3. Submain 3 is a 25 mm2 copper V75 PVC cable 20 metres long. From AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table 34, R = 0.884*20/1 000 = 0.0177 Ω and Table 30, XL = 0.106*20/1 000 = 0.00212 Ω.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

To calculate Zs + ZLN, complete a table as follows:

Transformer (Zs) Consumers main—Phase Consumers main—Neutral Submain 1—Phase Submain 1—Neutral Submain 2—Phase Submain 2—Neutral Submain 3—Phase Submain 3—Neutral ZT

R 0.0048 0.00153 0.00153 0.03297 0.03297 0.02652 0.02652 0.01768 0.01768 0.1622

XL 0.01516 0.00102 0.00102 0.00777 0.00777 0.00363 0.00363 0.00212 0.00212 0.04424

0.168 ∠15

The short-circuit current ILN = VP/ZT ILN = 230/0.168 = 1 368 A Where computer programs are used to calculate prospective short-circuit currents, the designer should check to ensure that the cable installation parameters and thermal characteristics match the design.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

1: The design and installation process

B2—Fault loop calculation when the source impedance is not known In some circumstances the designer may not know the external impedance, so the value of Zs (described as Zext in the Wiring rules Appendix B4), is the Thevenin equivalent impedance of the upstream supply, and this calculation is explained in the section on prospective short-circuit current, and in Appendix B1 of this handbook. In calculating the fault-loop impedance, the designer must always consider the whole of the fault loop, and all of the protective devices. So, if the supply impedance or the upstream cable impedances are not known, it is still necessary to form an estimate of the downstream fault impedance that will satisfy a particular protective device and time parameter. In this case a reduced value of voltage at the location of the fault in the fault loop under consideration may be used, and Clause B5 contains a calculation method which may be derived as follows: Assume that a fault occurs on a circuit, between active and earth on a final subcircuit. E qu iva len t s ou rc e im p ed anc e Z

C on s u m e rs M ains P h as e Z

S ub C irc uit P h as e

M ain C B

C B - S ub c c t

Phase SC

S up ply V olt ag e V

P ros pe c t ive F au lt L oo p Cu rre nt I sc

C on s u m e rs M ain s N eu tra l Z cn

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

M E N L in k

F au lt t o E a rth

earth SC

S ub C irc uit P rot ec tive E arthing C on du c to r

M ain E arth E lec tro de

Figure B2.1 Fault-loop impedance Clause B5.2.1(b) assumes that under short circuit conditions, the voltage at the circuit origin will be at least 80% of the value of the nominal voltage during the short circuit or the fault. This is an estimating technique, used to yield a first estimate, and the fault-loop impedance still needs to be checked for the entire installation if the information is available, as this estimate may not be valid for an installation served by long submains, or a high impedance distribution system. The designer can use Table B5.1 Wiring rules which lists the maximum length of circuit for typical conductor sizes up to 70 mm2. This table has been constructed so that the circuit impedance Zint is less than 80% of the maximum permissible impedance as determined in Table B4.1. If the circuit impedance Zint is greater than the permissible impedance using a particular device, then the designer has the option to select a different cable providing a lower circuit impedance or a different protective device which allows a higher circuit impedance. For the purpose of this calculation, the voltage at the protective device on the final subcircuit (closest to the fault) can be assumed to be 80% of the supply voltage Uo as the mains and submains have low impedance compared to the final subcircuit and the fault loop current which is now flowing is causing a potential rise on the earth section of the fault loop. Further explanation of this assumption is contained in Appendix B3 “Touch Voltage”.

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301— 2001

B3—Touch voltage The Fault-loop impedance is calculated to verify that the protective device will disconnect a fault between a live part and an exposed conductive part automatically within a prescribed time. If the exposed conductive part is connected to a protective earthing conductor, then current will flow in the fault loop and there will be a potential rise at the exposed conductive part. This potential rise may be referred to as “touch voltage”, and the magnitude of this voltage varies in accordance with the following: a) b) c)

Distance from the transformer, or ground source. The ratio of the active conductor cross-sectional area (csa) to the protective earthing conductor csa. The actual supply voltage.

Touch voltage limits are prescribed in Clause 1.7.4.3.2.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The touch voltage may vary from 0.3 to 0.75 of the nominal supply voltage (230 V) i.e., 69 V to 172.5 V. IEC 61200-413 Clause 413.1.3 “Practical application of conditions for protection” allows the use of a simplified method. The voltage appearing at the protective device is taken to be 80% of the nominal supply voltage under fault or short circuit conditions and this was explained in Appendix B3 on “fault loop calculation when the source impedance is not known”. The simplified method applies to a MEN system where the upstream impedance is “significant” but not close to the transformer. This method assumes that for the worst case, the phase and earth impedances are similar. The voltage drop is considered to be equally shared between the live conductor section and the earth section of the loop, and the voltage at the fault may be taken to be equal to 50 % of the source voltage. The voltage appearing on the exposed conductive parts of equipment under fault in a circuit where the voltage drop is equally shared is then: Vframe = U o × 0.8 × 0.5 and for a 230 V supply, V frame = 92 V Figure B3.1 has been reproduced from IEC 61200-413 Figure C2 and shows the maximum duration that a human may be in contact with an exposed live part of a circuit for a range of touch voltages. From this graph, it can be shown that: i) ii)

A touch voltage of 50 V may be sustained by a person without injury indefinitely. A touch voltage of 100 V may not be sustained and a person is likely to sustain injury.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

1: The design and installation process

The automatic disconnection times of Clause 1.7.4.3.4 relate to the disconnection of a touch voltage of 100 V within 0.4 s, and it is considered that this is most likely to occur in situations where handheld equipment is plugged in to socket-outlets.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

For switchboards and fixed equipment where a protective earthing connection is expected to be solidly and permanently bonded, the touch voltage is not expected to exceed 50 V, and an automatic disconnection time of 5 s applies.

Figure B3.1 - Prospective touch voltage (Reproduced from IEC 61200-413 Figure C2) Curve L is used for normal situations. Curve Lp refers to circumstances where it is more likely that a low impedance path will be present, e.g. wet conditions. Figure B3.1 provides a family of curves for the maximum duration of prospective touch voltage, and from these curves (reproduced from IEC 61200-413 Figure C.2), a maximum duration of 0.4 s applies for a touch potential of 100 V.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

1: The design and installation process

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 2001

B4â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Protective device characteristics Figure B4.1 shows a family of curves for the following devices: a) b) c) d)

LV Fuse 400 A, complying with AS 2005.21.2. 160 A 3-phase circuit-breaker. 100 A 3-phase circuit-breaker. 63 A 3-phase circuit-breaker.

The following elements of design may be discussed from the family of curves. 1.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Fuse characteristics a)

While the curves shown on this graph are shown as single lines, the characteristics are actually within a range, and the lines represent the average.

The current curve is not described for the section below 0.1 s. The designer should refer to the manufacturers curves in this region, as the I2t characteristics are needed.

In the absence of further information, the fuse will protect the installation, by automatic disconnection, for all currents exceeding 7 kA in 0.1 s. This disconnection time may be used for short circuit calculations when considering the cables to be connected at this point of the circuit.

For most circumstances a HRC fuse will limit the fault current, and for fault currents up to 50 kA, the fuse operating time is less than 5 ms.

Circuit-breaker characteristics a)

While the curves shown on this graph are shown as single lines, the characteristics are actually within a range, and the lines represent the average.

The curves indicate that for the region beyond 2 s, the curves are non linear. This is the thermal region of the circuit-breaker, and this is the region discussed in the sections on fault-loop impedance calculation for automatic disconnection, and protective device selection. The non linear thermal characteristics of circuit-breakers vary between manufacturers so it is not possible to produce a table of impedances for circuit-breakers for an automatic disconnection time of 5 s which satisfies all of the manufactured devices.

Protective devices and discrimination a)

The protective device curves do not intersect, and this is the first indication that the load current settings of the devices will yield a grading and discriminating protection system.

The fault current rating of the devices are chosen to suit the fault current at that location in the network.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 300â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Figure B4.1 Protective device characteristics

1: The design and installation process

www.standards.com.au

(This figure has been reproduced from software provided by Cutler-Hammer Pty Ltd and is produced as an example to illustrate protective device characteristics.)

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 1 Residential—Multiple detached units

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

Residential—Multiple detached units This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

A user guide will appear at each phase of the worked solution to remind the user of the section of the flow chart being resolved. The bold section depicts “you are here”. The activity in each section of the process is explained in Section 1.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

B r i ef

'HVLJQ DQG LQVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D UHVLGHQWLDO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ IRXU GHWDFKHG XQLWV $ VLWH OD\RXW SODQ LV DWWDFKHG

P l anni ng

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

1LO

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU HDFK XQLW WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

(OHFWULF UDQJH RI N: 6WRUDJH ZDWHU KHDWHU RI N: Â² QRW RII SHDN 1% N: 9 1R IL[HG HOHFWULF KHDWLQJ 1R SURYLVLRQ IRU IXWXUH DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ

7KH H[WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ IRU WKH GULYHZD\ LV WR EH VHSDUDWHO\ PHWHUHG DV D FRPPXQDO VHUYLFH

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Assumptions made:

B r ie f

(DFK XQLW LV EHGURRP DVVXPH OLJKWV $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV (DFK XQLW LV WR EH VLQJOH SKDVH 6R $ SKDVH 8QLW % SKDVH 8QLW & SKDVH 8QLW FRPPXQDO OLJKWLQJ 5DQJH N: $ +RW ZDWHU N: $

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Y Y Y Y

Calculation (refer below) Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.

If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C Section considered

XQLWV Â² $ SKDVH

Load description

Load group

/LJKWLQJ 6RFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH +RW ZDWHU

$ L

% L

& )

XQLW Â² % & SKDVH /LJKWLQJ 6RFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH +RW ZDWHU

$ L

% L

& )

&RPPXQDO OLJKWLQJ

[ :

Loading associated W

Maximum demand A

[

[ 6XE 7RWDO [ 6XE 7RWDO

Special characteristics/cyclical:

7KH W\SLFDO VHUYLFH IXVH IRU UHVLGHQWLDO DSSOLFDWLRQV LV XS WR $ Maximum demand (include allowance for future):

$OORZ IRU ORDG JURZWK XS WR $ SKDVH RQ FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG $ IRU HDFK VXEPDLQ WR HDFK OLYLQJ XQLW.

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

0HWHULQJ LV WR EH JURXSHG QRW ORFDWHG RQ DQ\ LQGLYLGXDO UHVLGHQFH 3URYLGH DGHTXDWH VSDFH LQ IURQW RI WKH PHWHU SDQHO ZKHQ DQ\ KLQJHG VHFWLRQ LV RSHQ )RU SDQHOV WKLV LPSOLHV P PLQLPXP LQ IURQW RI VZLWFKERDUG 0LQLPXP VL]H RI FDEOH IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV LQ D UHVLGHQWLDO XQGHUJURXQG DSSOLFDWLRQ LV PP Supply authority details

Point of supply:

Fault Level:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Special conditions:

8QGHUJURXQG (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRUÂ·V FDEOH LQ VWUHHW UHVHUYH $VVXPH N$ PD[LPXP GLVWULEXWLRQ IRU UHVLGHQWLDO WRZQ DUHDV 7KH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH /9 (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRUÂ·V FDEOH LQ WKH VWUHHW UHVHUYH

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG DW VRXWKHUQ ERXQGDU\ &DQQRW ORFDWH VZLWFKERDUG DGMDFHQW WR VXEVWDWLRQ Â² WRR FRQJHVWHG XQGHUJURXQG

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

7KH VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH ORFDWHG RQ WKH QRUWKHUQ ERXQGDU\ ZKHUH WKHUH LV DW OHDVW P FOHDUDQFH LQ IURQW RI WKH VZLWFKERDUG IRU DFFHVV 7KH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH WR EH ORFDWHG DW WKH QRUWK HQG RI HDFK XQLW 7KH SUHIHUUHG ORFDWLRQ IRU WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG DQG PHWHULQJ SDQHO LV FHQWUDO WR WKH ORDG DQG WKLV LV RQ WKH QRUWKHUQ ERXQGDU\ EHWZHHQ XQLWV DQG OHVV WKDQ P IURP WKH GLVWULEXWRU 6RPH VXSSO\ DXWKRULWLHV UHTXLUH WKH FRQVXPHUV WHUPLQDOV WR EH DW D SLOODU RU SLW DGMDFHQW WR WKH ERXQGDU\

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Law n & G rass Area

S ervic e P it or Pillar m ay be required

D w elling Unit 1

S ite Bo un dary

D w elling Unit 2

D rive way

D w elling Unit 3

Main S w itc h and M etering Loc ation

D w elling Unit 4

500 kVA T rans form er & output unit fram e

D istributor's LV Under ground Cable

Res erve

S treet

Site layout plan

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001 2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

HB 301—2001

Schematic diagram

M SB

SM2

SM1

Vo lts D ro p % CM SM 1 SM 2 SM 3 SM 4

SM4

SM3

Le ngth m

Final Subc irc uits 2 .4 5 %

35 30 20 20 30

1 1 .5 5 1 .5 5 1 .5 5 1 .5 5

Preliminary single line diagram

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

P O IN T O F S UP P LY 1 0k A

M AIN S W IT CHBO AR D

Ac tive L in k S erv ic e F u s e M EN M

X 1 0 0 A CB M ain S w itc hes

N /L

M ain Earthing Bar

10 A SM 1

SM 2

Un it 2

SM 3

Un it 3

SM 4

Un it 4

Ex tern al Lig htin g Eq u ip o te n tia l Bo n d

D is trib utio n Bo ard Un it 1 T y p ic al C om p ly in g w ith AS /N ZS 3 01 8

www.standards.com.au

N o tes : . S erv ic e fu s es u p to 1 0 0 A HR C . M ain S w itc hes are s in g le p o le 1 0 0 A C B 6 k A . S u b m ain s are all s in gle p has e, N eu tral & Earth . N eu tral & Earth n o t s h ow n fo r s im p lic ity .

HB 301—2001

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Review checklist:

Y Y

Y ES

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

D e si gn

R e de si g n

NO Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

9HULILHG WKDW WKH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DVVHVVPHQW PDGH LQ WKH SODQQLQJ VWDJH LV VWLOO YDOLG Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Y Y Y Y

Calculation (refer below) 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV Assessment using ……………………….of …………………………………… Measurement using ………………………of …………………………………… Limitation on the basis of ……………………………………………………….

Section considered

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

Diversity applied

7DEOH &

7DEOH 7DEOH 7DEOH 7DEOH

& & & &

Loading associated

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

Special characteristics/cyclical:

Maximum demand:

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DOORZDQFH RI a LQ WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV LV EHOLHYHG WR EH UHDVRQDEOH

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design record â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short-circuit current at the origin is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective short-circuit current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper,

VHH EHORZ

mm2

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

6HUYLFH IXVH 6XEPDLQ &%

+5& Â² &

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

,Q WKLV H[DPSOH WKH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU KDV JLYHQ D GLVSHQVDWLRQ IRU WKH PLQLPXP VL]H RI FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR EH FRQQHFWHG WR WKH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRUÂ·V XQGHUJURXQG FDEOH RI PP 7KLV GLVSHQVDWLRQ PD\ QRW DSSO\ WR DOO (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU DUHDV 7KH GHVLJQHU PXVW HQVXUH WKDW WKH PLQLPXP VL]H RI WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV VDWLVILHV WKH VKRUW FLUFXLW UDWLQJ RI WKH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRUÂ·V QHWZRUN 7KH VXEPDLQ &% PD\ EH FRQVLGHUHG IRU D V DXWRPDWLF GLVFRQQHFWLRQ WLPH KRZHYHU WKH GHVLJQHU PXVW UHIHU WR WKH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH FKDUDFWHULVWLFV WR REWDLQ WKH PLQLPXP WULS FXUUHQW YDOXH IRU IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

,Q WKLV GHVLJQ VROXWLRQ LW ZLOO EH QHFHVVDU\ WR DVVHVV WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG DW OHDVW VXEPDLQ DQG VXEPDLQ 7KH ORDG FXUUHQW RQ VXEPDLQV WR DUH LGHQWLFDO VR WKH DVVHVVPHQW RI WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ ZLOO EH WKH VDPH IRU DOO VXEPDLQV 7KH VXEPDLQV WR XQLWV DQG DUH WKH ORQJHVW VR WKH KLJKHVW YROWDJH GURS LV H[SHFWHG RQ WKHVH VHWV RI FDEOHV 6XEPDLQ ZLOO EH ILUVW VHW RI VXEPDLQV DVVHVVHG 7KH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH ZLOO EH WKH KLJKHVW RQ VXEPDLQV GXH WR WKH OHQJWK RI WKH FDEOHV VR VXEPDLQ ZLOO EH DVVHVVHG ILUVW

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

6XEPDLQV DQG DUH WKH VKRUWHVW VHW RI FDEOHV DQG LW LV PRVW OLNHO\ WKDW WKH IDXOW OHYHO ZLOO EH WKH KLJKHVW RQ WKHVH VXEPDLQV 7KH YROWDJH GURS KDV EHHQ DVVHVVHG E\ DOORZLQJ a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

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation:

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

The Target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating factors Due to

*URXSLQJ

$PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

7ZR FLUFXLWV P LQ FRQGXLW &ODXVH &ODXVH P GHHS

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Cable designation:

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 4 = 1.63mv / Am DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW 35 Ã&#x2014; 70

FDEOH DV PP ZLWK 9. RI P9 $P 7KH FRQGXFWRU WHPSHUDWXUH XVHG LV & IRU 9 FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ Y Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH HTXLYDOHQW VLQJOH SKDVH YROWDJH GURS LV â&#x2C6;&#x161; Y Ï&#x2020; 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ 7KH QHXWUDO FDEOH LV QRW UHGXFHG DV WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ RI WKH DFWLYH LV $ DQG WKH UHTXLUHPHQW IRU WKH QHXWUDO LV $ &ODXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

A V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

39& 39& [ SKDVH

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

mm2

Neutral

Earth

39& 39&

3 (

1 $

3 (

1 $

Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

â&#x201E;¦

UHI $SSHQGL[ %

1RW NQRZQ

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

1 $

&RPPHQW 7KH XSVWUHDP SURWHFWLRQ LV QRW NQRZQ

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 3.56 = 1.695mv / Am 30 Ã&#x2014; 70

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

VLQJOH SKDVH DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH DV PP ZLWK Ï&#x2020; 9. RI [ P9 $P 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ PP VLQJOH FRUH FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 DQG WKLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH YDOXH RI WRWDO 9' H[FHHGV WKH WDUJHW E\ DQG WKLV LV DFFHSWHG YROWV GURS IRU VXEFLUFXLWV $ PXOWL FRUH FDEOH PP FRXOG DOVR EH VHOHFWHG

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

39& [

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 1

mm2

39&

Earth

3 ( 3 (

1 $

$ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

Neutral

$ $ D

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 3.56 = 2.54mv / Am 20 Ã&#x2014; 70

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

VLQJOH SKDVH DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH DV PP ZLWK 9. RI [ P9 $P 7KH VXEPDLQ FRQGXLWV DUH QRW JURXSHG VR WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ PP 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; $ PXOWL FRUH FDEOH PP FRXOG VDWLVI\ LQ WKLV FDVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit

Phase

Neutral

Earth

39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

<HV 1R

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

&RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW

Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit

mm2

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

3 (

1 $

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

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

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH FDEOH VHOHFWLRQ SDUDPHWHU ZKLFK GLFWDWHV VHOHFWLRQ LQ WKLV FDVH LV WKH YROWDJH GURS 7KH FRQGXLW VL]H UHTXLUHG IRU WKH PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV PD\ EH IRXQG IURP WKH FRQGXLW PDQXIDFWXUHUÂ·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV

www.standards.com.au

[ PP 39& 39& [ PP 39& 39& PP 39& FRQGXLW

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

Cable Selection

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable Designation

Fault level at origin

Shortcircuit conductor size

Volt drop target

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Comment

Zint %

mm2

â&#x201E;Ś

mm2

3 1

6XEPDLQ

3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 (

&DEOH VL]H GLVSHQVDWLRQ E\ 6HUYLFH 5XOH 2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable Record Cable number from SLD

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ

Fault level at end

Type of cable

Cu/Al

&X &X &X &X &X

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Active mm2

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Neutral mm2

Insulation

39& 39& 39& 39& 39&

9 9 9 9 9

39&

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Earth mm2

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Fault level at origin

Cable designation

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG N$

Switchboard designation: Fault level: Equipment description

Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

$FWLYH OLQNV (DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR IUDPH 6HUYLFH IXVHV 6XEPDLQ VZLWFKHV &% Â² H[W OLJKWLQJ

Type

/LQN

8S WR PP PP PP

$ $ $

)XVH & 5&'

Fault rating kA

VHDOHG

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

1RUWK ZHVWHUQ ERXQGDU\ Comment

1HXWUDO OLQN

Location:

7DEOH

www.standards.com.au

7KH UHVLGHQWLDO XQLW GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D QRPLQDO IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V DUUDQJHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK $6 1=6 $ QHXWUDO OLQN PP FDSDFLW\ DQG DQ HDUWK OLQN PP FDSDFLW\ ZLOO EH SURYLGHG DW HDFK '%

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

Comment:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

Main earth bar:

Equipotential bond: Switchboard enclosure earth: Detached buildings:

5.5.1, Table 5.1

PP GLDPHWHU P 5.6.2 ORQJ GULYHQ â&#x2030;¥ P # 06% 7R VXLW XS WR PP FDEOHV

PP # 06%

5.6.4

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2

PP WR ZDWHU JDV PDLQV 5.8 DGMDFHQW WR 06% PP WR PDLQ HDUWK EDU

Comments on earthing system:

)RU GHWDFKHG EXLOGLQJV $6 1=6 SHUPLWV WKH GHVLJQHU WR HVWDEOLVK D 0(1 OLQN LQ HDFK RI WKH RXWEXLOGLQJV DV DQ RSWLRQ 7KLV H[DPSOH KDV XVHG D FRQWLQXRXV HDUWK IURP WKH 0DLQ 6ZLWFKERDUG DV WKH SUHIHUUHG RSWLRQ EHFDXVH WKH VXEPDLQV DUH UHODWLYHO\ VKRUW DQG WKH HDUWK FRQGXFWRU FDQ EH UHDGLO\ LQVWDOOHG ,W LV XQGHUVWRRG WKDW WKH 0DLQV DUH QRW SURWHFWHG RQ WKH VXSSO\ VLGH VR WKH 0(1 OLQN PXVW KDYH D FURVV VHFWLRQDO DUHD QRW OHVV WKDQ WKH PDLQ QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU

MEN link:

AS/NZS 3000 Ref.

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Table 5.1

0(1 # 06% RQO\ HDUWK UXQ WR HDFK EXLOGLQJ

5.6.6

Comment:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing schematic diagram:

MEN Link Main Earthing Bar

Metallic Enclos ure

Main Neutral Link

Circ uit at MSB

Subm ain Earths to Units 1 to 4

Equipotential Bond to W ater Main & Gas Main

www.standards.com.au

T ypic al Dis tribution Board Earth Bar Metallic Enclos ure Final Subc irc uits Earths

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

Earth Elec trode

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B ri ef

5HVLGHQWLDO XQLWÂ³7\SLFDO IRU 8QLWV WR Fault duration V

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S Has the planning changed?

Desi gn

Redesi g n

Schedule of voltage drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

Insta ll at io n

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

Comments on final sub circuit selection:

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits

5HIHU WR $6 1=6 IRU (OHFWULFDO ,QVWDOODWLRQV LQ UHVLGHQWLDO SUHPLVHV 7KH ILQDO VXEFLUFXLWV DUH SURWHFWHG E\ 5&' 0&% FLUFXLW EUHDNHUV /LJKWV PP $ &% 6RFNHW RXWOHWV PP $ &% 5DQJH PP $ &% +RW ZDWHU PP $ &%

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits Maximum number of points on a subcircuit and installation requirements. Lighting: Allow for actual or expected load, so for lighting estimate the average luminaire rating.

$OORZ : $ SHU SRLQW $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV 6SUHDG RYHU / DQG /

Socket-outlets:

5HIHU WR $6 1=6 7DEOH DQG DOORZ IRU WKH ORDG WR EH VKDUHG DFURVV FLUFXLWV 80

)RU H[DPSOH 3 &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ NLWFKHQ 3 &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ ORXQJH DQG EHGURRPV 3 LI UHTXLUHG &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ ODXQGU\

www.standards.com.au

7KH FLUFXLW UDWLQJ LV PDWFKHG WR WKH ORDG 7KH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK IRU WKH ZDWHU KHDWHU LV WKH FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG &ODXVH &ODXVH UHTXLUHV D IXQFWLRQDO VZLWFK ORFDWHG DGMDFHQW WR WKH FRRNLQJ DSSOLDQFHV

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Current rating

5&' 0&% &%

6RFNHW RXWOHWV &%

+RW ZDWHU

5DQJH

$W 06% ([WHUQDO OWV

5&' 0&%

Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

Cable selected

736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

â&#x201E;¦

PP 7 (

<HV

PP 7 ( PP 7 PP ( PP 7 PP (

<HV

5&' XSVWUHDP 5&' XSVWUHDP /LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

5&'

736 LQ FRQGXLW

PP 7 (

0DLQ 5&' SURWHFWLRQ RII

/LJKWV

Protective device

8QLW GLVWULEXWLRQ VZLWFKERDUGÂ³7\SLFDO IRU XQLWV WR

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram:

P O IN T O F S UPP LY 10 kA

M AIN S W IT CHBO ARD

M ain S w itc hb oard

Ac tive Link ED -S ervic e F us es

S ervic e F us e M EN

ED M

N/L

M ain Earthing Bar

S ub m ains CBs

10 A SM 1

SM 2

Un it 2

SM 3

Un it 3

ED M eters Ho us e DB

X 10 0 A CB M ain S w itc hes

ED M

SM 4

Un it 4

Extern al Ligh tin g Eq u ip o t e n t ia l Bon d

www.standards.com.au

N otes : . S ervic e fus es up to 1 00 A HRC . M ain S w itc hes are s in gle pole 10 0 A CB 6 k A . S ub m ains are all s ing le ph as e, N eutral & Earth . N eutral & Earth no t s how n for s im p lic ity.

Legen d ED - Elec tric ity D is tribu to r ED M - Elec tric ity D is trib uto r M eter

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

D is tribu tio n Board Unit 1 T y pic al Co m p lyin g w ith AS /N ZS 30 18

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

E quivalent source im pedance Z

S ervice Fuse

CB - Sub c ct

CB - Sub M ain Z

S ub Circuit Phase

S ub M ains Phase

Phase SC

Consum ers M ains Phase

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

phase sm

Fault to Earth

S upply V oltage I sc

Consum ers M ains Neutral Z cn

earth sm

earth SC

P rospec tive Fault Loop Current

M E N Link Sub M ains E arth

S ub Circuit Earth

M ain Earth

HB 301—2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Fault-loop impedance schedule

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

For example Cable designation/ Fault loop

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Device designation

Device impedance limit

Cable impedance

â&#x201E;Ś

&0 â&#x201E;Ś

â&#x201E;Ś

Cable impedance â&#x201E;Ś

Cable impedance

)6& â&#x201E;Ś

Cable impedance

Total impedance

Result obtained in test

â&#x201E;Ś

Section

$ &%

3RLQW RI VXSSO\

www.standards.com.au

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; = Submains â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Section nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, FSC = Final subcircuit.

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

326

$ &%

326 WR 8QLW '% 8QLW '% WR +: 326 WR 8QLW '% 8QLW '% WR +:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Main switchboard Location as specified Access and egress checked Isolating and functional devices checked to be as specified Connections tightened and checked Identification and labelling checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Wiring systems

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Support and fixings adequate Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact Segregation from other services

Location as specified Support and fixings adequate Access and egress checked Isolating and functional devices checked to be as specified Connections tightened and checked Identification and labelling checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Isolation and switching devices as necessary Support and fixings adequate Installation conditions appropriate – e.g. weatherproof Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact Segregation from other services

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

Earthing MEN Connection Earth electrode as specified Earthing conductors size and type as specified Equipotential bonding conductor Support and fixings adequate Protection against damage and inadvertent contact Creation of earthed situation that may require additional earthing

HB 301—2001

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B 4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 M Ω

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule Integral test switch or special instrument

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

www.standards.com.au

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

Earth continuity Main earth conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

2.1: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple detached units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Comments on alternatives to the design solution: Alternative design solutions may be adopted and implemented, and this will invariably depend on the local service and installation rules, the availability of materials, and local installation practices.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Some of the alternatives that would comply and were considered in this design are: a)

The main switchboard could have been positioned at the NW boundary and this would have allowed for shorter consumers mains but longer submains. The result would have led to a change of submains to 35 or 50 mm2. Some Service Rules require the main switchboard to be within 3 m of the boundary or alternatively to establish the point of supply in a pit or pillar at the boundary.

The submain derating was due to the conduits being laid 450 mm apart in a common trench. Spacing the conduits at 300 mm would have increased the derating factor.

The submains could have been installed direct in the ground with further suitable protection if they were sheathed. This alternative was not adopted due to the difficulty of installing cables in this manner and the possibility of damage by following trades.

The earthing for the detached buildings could have used a MEN formed at each unit An electrode and equipotential bond would then be required at each residential unit. This alternative was not used because the submain routes are short and it is relatively simple to run an earthing conductor in the same conduit as the submains to each unit

Some Service Rules allow the service fuse to be used as the submain protective device. This solution is only an alternative in some locations.

The consumers mains have been sized given the fault rating and the service rules dispensation. If this had not been the case, the minimum size mains that would comply with the fault level of 10 kA (1 s) is 95 mm2, and the designer would need to allow for active links in the main switchboard

Comments on the design solution: a)

This design solution can be extended to longer route lengths simply, and the submain cable will increase to 35 mm2, for distances exceeding 30 m.

The final subcircuit voltage drop allowance of 2.45% is a reasonable compromise as the residential unit layouts are compact, and circuit lengths are not expected to exceed 30 m.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

2.1: Residential—Multiple detached units

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

NOTES

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 2 Residential—Multiple grouped units with common walls—Single level

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

Residential—Multiple grouped units with common walls—Single level This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as:

B r i ef

P l anni ng

'HVLJQ DQG ,QVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D UHVLGHQWLDO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ QLQH XQLWV LQ WKUHH JURXSV ZLWK HDFK RI WKH JURXSV KDYLQJ FRPPRQ ZDOOV $ VLWH OD\RXW SODQ LV DWWDFKHG

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

1LO

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU HDFK XQLW WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

(OHFWULF UDQJH RI N: 6WRUDJH ZDWHU KHDWHU RI N: Â² QRW RII SHDN .: # 9 1R IL[HG HOHFWULF KHDWLQJ

7KH H[WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ IRU WKH GULYHZD\ LV WR EH VHSDUDWHO\ PHWHUHG DV D FRPPXQDO VHUYLFH

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Assumptions made:

B r ie f

(DFK XQLW LV EHGURRP VR DVVXPH OLJKWV $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV (DFK XQLW LV WR EH VLQJOH SKDVH DQG WKH ORDG VKRXOG EH HYHQO\ GLVWULEXWHG 6R $ SKDVH 8QLWV % SKDVH 8QLW & SKDVH 8QLW FRPPXQDO OLJKWLQJ 5DQJH N: $ +RW ZDWHU N: $

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Y Y Y Y

If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C Section considered

Load description

Load group

XQLWV SHU SKDVH

/LJKWLQJ 6RFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH +RW ZDWHU

$ L

% L

& )

,QGLYLGXDO XQLWV

/LJKWLQJ 6RFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH +RW ZDWHU

$ L

% L

& )

([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ

[ :

Loading associated W

Maximum demand A

[

[ 6XE 7RWDO [ 6XE 7RWDO

Special characteristics/cyclical: 7DEOH

HQWULHV KDYH EHHQ URXQGHG XS 7KH W\SLFDO VHUYLFH IXVH LV $ IRU UHVLGHQWLDO SUHPLVHV Maximum demand (include allowance for future):

$OORZ IRU ORDG JURZWK XS WR $ SKDVH RQ FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG $ IRU HDFK VXEPDLQ WR HDFK OLYLQJ XQLW.

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

0HWHULQJ LV WR EH JURXSHG QRW ORFDWHG RQ DQ\ LQGLYLGXDO UHVLGHQFH 3URYLGH DGHTXDWH VSDFH LQ IURQW RI WKH PHWHU SDQHO ZKHQ DQ\ KLQJHG VHFWLRQ LV RSHQ 0LQLPXP VL]H RI FDEOH IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV LQ 85' LV PP 16: H[DPSOH 0D[LPXP VL]H RI FDEOH WR HQWHU VHUYLFH IXVH FDUULHU LV PP Supply authority details

Point of supply: Fault level:

Special conditions:

8QGHUJURXQG GLVWULEXWRU LQ VWUHHW UHVHUYH N$ IRU UHVLGHQWLDO XQGHUJURXQG UHWLFXODWLRQ GLVWULEXWLRQ 85' 16: H[DPSOH 7KH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH ORZ YROWDJH XQGHUJURXQG FDEOH LQ WKH VWUHHW UHVHUYH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG DW WKH UHDU RI WKH EXLOGLQJV &DQQRW ORFDWH VZLWFKERDUG DGMDFHQW WR VXEVWDWLRQ DW WKH VRXWK ZHVWHUQ ERXQGDU\ Â² WRR FRQJHVWHG XQGHUJURXQG ,W PD\ EH SRVVLEOH WR ORFDWH WKH VZLWFKERDUG IXUWKHU DORQJ WKH QRUWKHUQ ERXQGDU\ EHWZHHQ XQLWV DQG XQGHU VRPH VXSSO\ DXWKRULWLHV VHUYLFH UXOHV Â² EXW LQ WKLV FDVH D ORFDWLRQ DGMDFHQW WR WKH ERXQGDU\ FRPSOLHV DQG KDV EHHQ XVHG LQ WKLV H[DPSOH $ FRPPRQ SURWHFWLYH HDUWKLQJ V\VWHP FRXOG EH XVHG IRU DOO '%V

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

7KH VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ P RI WKH VWUHHW ERXQGDU\ RI WKH VLWH ZKHUH WKHUH LV DW OHDVW P FOHDUDQFH LQ IURQW RI WKH VZLWFKERDUG IRU DFFHVV 7KH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH WR EH ORFDWHG DW HDFK XQLW RQ WKH JDUDJH ZDOO ZLWK DGHTXDWH FOHDUDQFH IRU DFFHVV 8VH D FRPPRQ HDUWKLQJ V\VWHP IURP WKH 06% QRW 0(1 DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG LQ HDFK GHWDFKHG EXLOGLQJ 5XQ D VHSDUDWH SURWHFWLYH HDUWKLQJ FRQGXFWRU IURP WKH 06% IRU HDFK UHVLGHQFH

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Site layout plan

S treet

S it e B o u n dar y

Res erv e

Co n s u m ers M ain s P o in t o f S up p ly M ain S w itc h bo ard an d M eterin g

D w ellin g Un it 1

D w ellin g Un it 2

D w ellin g Un it 3

(10 m )

(20 m ) D w ellin g Un it 6

D w ellin g Un it 5

B (35 m ) (35 m )

D w ellin g Un it 4

(25 m )

(20 m )

C o n d u it s in g ro u p - 2 m a x C o n d u it s in g ro u p - 2 m a x

D is trib u to r's L V Un d erg ro u n d Cable

Car W as h Bay

D rive wa y

(30 m ) D w ellin g Un it 7

(40 m ) (40 m ) C D w ellin g Un it 8

D w ellin g Un it 9

Leg en d 'n n' m = S u b m ain L en g th to M ain S w itc h bo ard www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

50 0 kVA T rans fo rm er & ou tp ut u nit fram e

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

HB 301—2001

Schematic diagram Main S w itc hboard

0.2%

2.3%

Cons um ers Mains

S ubm ains

2.5% F inal S ubc irc uits

P oint of S upply

Preliminary single line diagram

E le c tric ity D is tr ibuto r's U nder gro und C able

C ons um er M ains 3

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

ED S PD if required Ac tiv e Link - o ne per phas e 3 Units per phas e & h ous e (A

ED M P D or ED S P D if required )

ED equipm ent

ED M

C irc uit-breaker/ M ain S w itc h - one per s ubm ain

S ub m ain s , s ingle-phas e, one p er living un it

T ypic al d is trib ution b oard C om plying w ith AS /N ZS 30 18 D om es tic Ins tallatio ns

Load C onnec tion s A phas e - u nits 1 ,4,7 & ho us e B ph as e - units 2,5,8 C phas e - u nits 3 ,6,9

Legend ED = Elec tric ity D is tribu to r ED S PD = Elec tric ity D is trib utor S ervic e P rotec tive D ev ic e ED M P D = Elec tric ity D is trib utor M eter p ro tec tiv e D evic e ED M = Elec tric ity D is tributo r M eter

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Review checklist:

Y Y

Y ES

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

D e si gn

R e de si g n

Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

9HULILHG WKDW WKH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DVVHVVPHQW PDGH LQ WKH SODQQLQJ VWDJH LV VWLOO YDOLG

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3.

Y Y Y Y

Section considered

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQV W\SLFDO IRU DOO XQLWV

Diversity applied

& &

Loading associated

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

Special characteristics/cyclical: Maximum Demand:

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DOORZDQFH IRU IXWXUH XVH RI a LQ WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV LV EHOLHYHG WR EH UHDVRQDEOH © Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design recordâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short-circuit current at the origin is: The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective short-circuit current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper,

1RW SURYLGHG

16: 6HUYLFH 5XOH GLVSHQVDWLRQ

mm2

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

6HUYLFH IXVH 6XEPDLQ FLUFXLW EUHDNHU

+5&Â² &

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

7KH VHUYLFH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH LV WDNHQ WR EH WKH VHUYLFH IXVHV DV WKH PD[LPXP GHPDQG LV OHVV WKDQ $ DQG D $ +5& IXVH KDV EHHQ DVVXPHG 7KH VXEPDLQ FLUFXLW EUHDNHU VHOHFWHG LV $ $ V DXWRPDWLF GLVFRQQHFWLRQ WLPH PD\ EH XVHG IRU WKH FDOFXODWLRQ RI IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLWV RQ WKH VXEPDLQV

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

,Q WKLV GHVLJQ VROXWLRQ LW ZLOO EH QHFHVVDU\ WR DVVHVV WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG DW OHDVW VXEPDLQ DQG VXEPDLQ 7KH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH YHU\ VKRUW VR QHJOLJLEOH YROWDJH GURS LV H[SHFWHG DQG WKH IDXOW OHYHO DW WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG ZLOO EH VLPLODU WR WKH IDXOW OHYHO DW WKH VXSSO\ DXWKRULW\ PDLQV 7KH ORDG FXUUHQW RQ DOO RI WKH VXEPDLQV DUH LGHQWLFDO VR WKH DVVHVVPHQW RI WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ ZLOO EH WKH VDPH IRU DOO VXEPDLQV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

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a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

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation: The target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating factors Due to

*URXSLQJ $PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

6LQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW &ODXVH &ODXVH P 'HHS

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Cable designation:

100

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 0.8 = 2.13mv / Am DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW 5 Ã&#x2014; 75

FDEOH DV PP 7KH YDOXH RI 9. LV P9 $P 7KH FRQGXFWRU WHPSHUDWXUH XVHG LV Â°& IRU 9 FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH HTXLYDOHQW VLQJOH SKDVH YROWDJH GURS LV â&#x2C6;&#x161; Y Ï&#x2020; 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ 7KH QHXWUDO FDEOH LV QRW UHGXFHG DV WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ RI WKH DFWLYH LV $ DQG WKH UHTXLUHPHQW IRU WKH QHXWUDO LV $ &ODXVH 7KH SURWHFWLYH HDUWKLQJ FRQGXFWRU VL]H LV WDNHQ IURP 7DEOH :LULQJ UXOHV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit

Phase

Neutral

Earth

39& 39& RU ;3/(

39& 39& RU ;/3( 39&

Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

Ï&#x2020;

3 1

3 (

1 $

â&#x201E;¦

3 1

3 (

1 $

â&#x201E;¦

1RW NQRZQ

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

1 $

&RPPHQW 7KH XSVWUHDP SURWHFWLRQ LV QRW NQRZQ

Cross-sectional area Insulation

mm2

Current-carrying capacity

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

101

6XEPDLQV Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 5.3 = 1.89mv / Am 40 Ã&#x2014; 70

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

QRWH WKDW WKH FLUFXLW LV

Ï&#x2020;

DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW

FDEOH DV PP ZLWK 9. RI [ PY $P Â°& IRU 9 FDEOH 7KH VXEPDLQ FRQGXLWV DUH JURXSHG DQG WKH RYHUDOO GHUDWLQJ IDFWRU IRU WKLV FRQGXLW JURXS LV IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 VR WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ RI WKH FDEOH UHTXLUHG LV $ +RZHYHU PP LV UHTXLUHG IRU WKH YROWDJH GURS GXH WR WKH URXWH OHQJWK 7KH VLQJOH SKDVH YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 RU $V DQ DOWHUQDWLYH D PXOWLFRUH FDEOH PD\ EH XVHG

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

Neutral

39& [

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

Ï&#x2020;

0(1 # 06%

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 1

mm2

3 ( 3 (

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ VHUYLFH IXVH GLFWDWHV 1R WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

39&

Earth

$ $ D

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

102

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

3-Phase volt drop V

Vc =

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

FLUFXLW LV

1-Phase volt drop V

Ï&#x2020;

1000 Ã&#x2014; 5.3 = 7.57mv / Am 10 Ã&#x2014; 70

1000Vd 1000Vd Vc = LÃ&#x2014;I LÃ&#x2014;I

QRWH WKDW WKH

DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW

FDEOH ODUJH HQRXJK IRU WKH ORDG FXUUHQW DV GHWDLOHG DERYH WR EH PP 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ PP 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; RU )URP WKLV FDOFXODWLRQ PP FDEOH ZLOO VDWLVI\ WKH VXEPDLQ UHTXLUHPHQW IRU VXEPDLQV KDYLQJ XS WR P URXWH OHQJWK LQ WKLV LQVWDOODWLRQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

39& [

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

Ï&#x2020;

0(1 # 06%

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 1

mm2

39&

Earth

3 ( 3 (

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

Neutral

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

103

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

7KH IDXOW UDWLQJ RI WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LI LW LV PDQXIDFWXUHG PXVW PHHW N$ IRU V 7KH XSVWUHDP SURWHFWLRQ LV XQNQRZQ ,Q WKLV UHVLGHQWLDO LQVWDOODWLRQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG PD\ EH D VWDQGDUG ZHDWKHUSURRI HQFORVXUH DV DSSURYHG E\ WKH 6HUYLFH 5XOHV DQG LQ WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFKERDUG ZLOO QRW EH W\SH WHVWHG 7KH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFHV RQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG PXVW EH UDWHG IRU SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQWV HTXDO WR RU H[FHHGLQJ N$ IRU V $Q $ &% LV VHOHFWHG IRU WKH VXEPDLQ RYHUORDG SURWHFWLRQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

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Â·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV [ PP 39& 39& [ PP 39& 39& PP 39& FRQGXLW 6XEPDLQV [ PP 39& [ PP 39& [ PP ( PP 39& FRQGXLW

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

Cable selection

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Short circuit conductor size

Volt drop target

Max. Demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Comment

Zint %

mm2

â&#x201E;¦

3 1

6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ

3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 ( 3 (

&DEOH VL]H GLVSHQVDWLRQ E\ VHUYLFH UXOH

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

104

mm2

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable record Cable number from SLD

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ

Fault level at end

Type of cable

&X &X &X &X &X &X &X &X &X &X

Cu/Al

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Active mm2

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Neutral mm2

6& 6& 6& 6& 6& 6& 6& 6& 6& 6&

Insulation

39& 39& 39& 39& 39& 39& 39& 39& 39& 39&

9 39& 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Earth mm2

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Fault level at origin

105

Cable designation

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG N$

Switchboard designation: Fault level: Equipment description

Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

%XV EDU

Type

$ $

VHDOHG

! &ODXVH $6

)XVH &% W\SH & 5&'

7DEOH

Comment

7KH VZLWFKERDUG LV D UHVLGHQWLDO W\SH DQG ZLOO EH ZLUHG RQO\ ZLWK QR EXV EDU 3URSULHW\ OLQN 3URSULHW\ OLQN

8VH 0&% 5&'

www.standards.com.au

7KH UHVLGHQWLDO XQLW GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWDU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D QRPLQDO IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V

DUUDQJHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK $6 1=6 $ QHXWUDO OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DQG DQ HDUWK OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ ZLOO EH SURYLGHG DW HDFK '% Comment:

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

PP PP PP

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

1LO

Fault rating

1RUWK ZHVWHUQ ERXQGDU\

106

1HXWUDO OLQN $FWLYH OLQNV (DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR HQFORVXUH 6HUYLFH IXVH 6XEPDLQ FLUFXLW EUHDNHU &% H[W OLJKWLQJ

Location:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

Main earth bar:

5.5.1, Table 5.1

PP GLDPHWHU P 5.6.2 ORQJ GULYHQ â&#x2030;¥ P # 06% 7R VXLW XS WR PP FDEOHV

PP # 06%

PP WR ZDWHU PDLQ DW PHWHU DGMDFHQW 06% Switchboard enclosure earth: PP WR PDLQ HDUWK EDU Equipotential bond:

Detached buildings:

0(1 # 06% RQO\ HDUWK UXQ WR HDFK EXLOGLQJ

5.6.4

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2 5.8

Comments on earthing system:

)RU GHWDFKHG EXLOGLQJV $6 1=6 SHUPLWV WKH GHVLJQHU WR HVWDEOLVK D 0(1 OLQN LQ HDFK RI WKH RXWEXLOGLQJV DV DQ RSWLRQ 7KLV H[DPSOH KDV XVHG D FRQWLQXRXV HDUWK IURP WKH 0DLQ 6ZLWFKERDUG DV WKH SUHIHUUHG RSWLRQ EHFDXVH WKH VXEPDLQV DUH UHODWLYHO\ VKRUW DQG WKH HDUWK FRQGXFWRU FDQ EH UHDGLO\ LQVWDOOHG ,W LV XQGHUVWRRG WKDW WKH PDLQV DUH QRW SURWHFWHG RQ WKH VXSSO\ VLGH VR WKH 0(1 OLQN PXVW EH QRW OHVV WKDQ WKH PDLQ QHXWUDO VL]H

107

MEN link:

AS/NZS 3000 Ref

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Table 5.1 5.6.6

Comment:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing schematic diagram: M en Lin k M ain Earthing Bar

M etallic Enc los ure

M ain N eutral Bar

Circ uit at M S B

S ubm ain Earths to Units 1 to 9

108

M ain Earthing Condu c tor

Equipotential Bond to W ater M ain

T ypic al D is tribution Board Earth Bar

www.standards.com.au

M etallic Enc los ure F inal S ubc irc uits

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

Earthing Elec trode > 1.2 m deep

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B ri ef

5HVLGHQWLDO 8QLWÂ³7\SLFDO N$ Fault duration

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S

Has the planning changed?

Desi gn

Redesi g n

Schedule of voltage drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

Insta ll at io n

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

109

Comments on final sub circuit selection:

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits

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

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

7KH KRW ZDWHU FDEOLQJ LV DVVXPHG WR EH UHWLFXODWHG VXFK WKDW LW LV SDUWLDOO\ VXUURXQGHG E\ WKHUPDO LQVXODWLRQ DOORZLQJ WKH XVH RI PP DQG $ &%

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

$OORZ : $ SHU SRLQW $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV 6SUHDG RYHU / DQG /

Socket-outlets:

5HIHU WR $6 1=6 7DEOH DQG DOORZ IRU WKH ORDG WR EH VKDUHG DFURVV FLUFXLWV 110

)RU H[DPSOH 3 &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ NLWFKHQ 3 &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ ORXQJH DQG EHGURRPV 3 LI UHTXLUHG &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ ODXQGU\

www.standards.com.au

7KH FLUFXLW UDWLQJ LV PDWFKHG WR WKH ORDG 7KH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK IRU WKH ZDWHU KHDWHU LV WKH FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ILWWHG &ODXVH &ODXVH UHTXLUHV D IXQFWLRQDO VZLWFK ORFDWHG DGMDFHQW WR WKH FRRNLQJ DSSOLDQFHV

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

8QLW GLVWULEXWLRQ VZLWFKERDUGÂ³7\SLFDO IRU XQLWV

Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

0DLQ 5&' 5&' 0&% SURWHFWLRQ RII

/LJKWV &% &%

+RW ZDWHU

5DQJH

$W 06% ([WHUQDO OWV

5&' 0&%

Currentcarrying capacity

Cable selected

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream â&#x201E;¦

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV

PP 7 (

<HV

5&' 8SVWUHDP

PP 7 (

<HV

5&' 8SVWUHDP

PP 7 PP (

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

PP 7 PP (

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

736 LQ FRQGXLW

PP 7 (

<HV

5&' HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable.

111

Â© Standards Australia

6RFNHW RXWOHWV

Installation method

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram: Ele c tr ic ity D is tributo r's U nde rgro und Cable ED M P D if requ ired

Co n s um ers M ain s 3 Ac tive Lin k - o ne p er p h as e 3 Units p er p has e

ED M eters

ED M P D o r ED S P D if requ ired

ED equ ipm ent

ED M

Ho u s e D B

112

Circ u it-b reak er/ M ain S w itc h - o n e p er s ub m ain

S u bm ains , s in gle-p h as e, o ne p er livin g u nit

M ain S w itc h es an d S u bm ain Circ uit- b reak ers

M ain Switc hbo ard Layo ut P lan T y p ic al d is tribu tio n b oard

www.standards.com.au

N ote: Ho us e M etering and D B to b e o n A p has e an d lo c ated o n the M S B, M ain S w itc h 40 A C B Circ u it c o n tro l to be 1 0 A RCD /M CB Leg en d ED = Elec tric ity D is trib utor ED S P D = Elec tric ity D is trib uto r S erv ic e P rotec tiv e D evic e ED M P D = Elec tric ity D is tribu to r M eter p rotec tiv e D evic e ED M = Elec tric ity D is tribu to r M eter

Lo ad Co n nec tion s A p has e - un its 1 ,4 ,7 & h ou s e B ph as e - u n its 2,5 ,8 C p has e - un its 3 ,6 ,9

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

Co m p lying w ith AS /N ZS 3 01 8 D om es tic Ins tallatio ns

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

E quivalent s ourc e im pedance

P oint of S upply

E D S PD & E DM P D if installed

S upply V oltage V

S ub M ain CB

S ub Circ uit P has e

S ub M ains P has e

phase sm

CB - S ub cc t

113

Cons um ers M ains P has e

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Phase SC

Fault to E art h I sc

Cons um ers M ains Neutral Z

Z cn

earth sm

earth SC

P rospec tive Fault Loop Current M E N Link

S ub M ains P rotec tive E arthing Conduc tor

S ub Circ uit P rotec tive E art hing Conduct or

M ain E arth E lec trode

HB 301—2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Fault-loop impedance schedule

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

For example Cable designation/ Fault-loop

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Device designation

Device impedance limit â&#x201E;Ś

Section

$ &% W\SH & $ &%

Cable impedance

Total impedance

â&#x201E;Ś

)6&

2.2: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; = Submains â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Section nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, FSC = Final subcircuit.

Result obtained in test â&#x201E;Ś 114

&0 WR 8QLW '% P

8QLW '% WR +:

Cable impedance

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Wiring systems

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

115

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

Earthing MEN connection Earth electrode as specified Earthing conductors size and type as specified Equipotential bonding conductor Support and fixings adequate Protection against damage and inadvertent contact Creation of earthed situation that may require additional earthing

HB 301—2001

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

Project specific expected result

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Earth continuity 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B 4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD Operation

6.3.4.3

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1 MΩ Not less than 0.1 MΩ

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule Integral test switch or special instrument

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

www.standards.com.au

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

116

Main earth conductor

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

117

HB 301—2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Some of the alternatives considered include: a)

The main switchboard could have been positioned between unit 3 and unit 4, but some detailed knowledge of the use of this area, and the access to it, would be required. A solution where the main switchboard and metering is central to the site may yield the most cost effective result, if a location is permissible under the local service rules, and the location is on common property. Some Service Rules require the main switchboard to be within 3 m of the boundary in these circumstances so the solution was not used to demonstrate the principle.

The sub main derating was problematic due to the conduits being reticulated in a common driveway. Spacing the conduits further would have reduced the derating. This alternative was not used, as it is not current installation practice, due to the cost of excavation and backfilling.

The submains were not reticulated under the building, and a route was chosen on common property as good engineering practice.

The submains could have been installed direct in the ground with further suitable protection if they were sheathed. This installation practice could have allowed the use of smaller cables for the sub mains. This alternative was not adopted due to the difficulty of installing cables in this manner and the possibility of damage by following trades.

The earthing for the detached buildings could have used a MEN formed at each building, and this would have dictated distributed metering. In a larger development of say 4 blocks of 8 units, distributed metering may be preferred by the Electricity Distributor. The alternative was not used because the submain routes are short and it is relatively simple to run an earthing conductor in the same conduit as the submains to each unit.

A common protective earthing conductor could have been used. In this design, with submains in conduit, it was believed that the difficulty of installing a common earth with branches to each DB would be high compared to installing an earthing conductor in the conduits. This is an economic decision as either solution is compliant.

The consumers mains have been sized given the fault rating and the Service Rules dispensation used in this example. If this had not been the case, the minimum size consumers mains that would comply with the fault level of 10 kA (1 s) is 95 mm2, and the designer may have needed to allow for active links in the main switchboard, as the maximum size cable permitted for service fuses and meters is 35 mm2 under some service rules. The 95 mm2 cable alternative was not implemented as this is not current practice.

Comments on the design solution: a)

The Electricity Distributor’s Service Protective Device (EDSPD) in this example is a 100 A HRC fuse. The sub main load is a 70 A and a 80 A CB is selected for overload protection. The submain CB does not grade with the 100 A HRC fuse. The problem could be overcome by using the EDSPD as the submain protective device for submain protection and using a main switch for submain control. This arrangement is not shown as it is only permitted in some Service Rules, and then only in special circumstances.

The fault current limiting characteristics of the EDSPD 100 A HRC fuse proposed in this example have not been used as the Electricity Distributor may replace Electricity Distributor equipment at any time.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

118

2.2: Residential—Multiple grouped units

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

NOTES

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

119

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 3 Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

120

2.3: Residential—Multi (3)storey—18 units

Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

121

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

B r i ef

'HVLJQ DQG ,QVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D UHVLGHQWLDO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ HLJKWHHQ XQLWV RYHU WKUHH IORRUV ZLWK VL[ XQLWV SHU IORRU $ VLWH OD\RXW SODQ LV DWWDFKHG

P l anni ng

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

1LO

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU HDFK XQLW WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

(OHFWULF UDQJH RI N: 6WRUDJH ZDWHU KHDWHU RI N: Â² QRW RII SHDN N: # 9 1R IL[HG HOHFWULF KHDWLQJ 1R SURYLVLRQ IRU DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ

7KH LQWHUQDO DQG H[WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ IRU WKH FRPPRQ DUHDV DQG GULYHZD\ LV WR EH VHSDUDWHO\ PHWHUHG DV D FRPPXQDO VHUYLFH ,QFOXGH HPHUJHQF\ OLJKWLQJ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK %XLOGLQJ &RGHV

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

122

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3)storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Assumptions made:

B r ie f

8QLWV DUH EHGURRP VR DVVXPH OLJKWV $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV 8QLWV DUH EHGURRP VR DVVXPH OLJKWV $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH N: $ +RW ZDWHU N: $ (DFK XQLW LV WR EH VLQJOH SKDVH DQG WKH ORDG VKRXOG EH HYHQO\ GLVWULEXWHG 6R $ SKDVH 8QLWV % SKDVH 8QLW & SKDVH 8QLW &RPPXQDO VHUYLFHV

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Y Y Y Y

If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C Section considered

Load description

XQLWV SHU SKDVH

/LJKWLQJ 6RFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH +RW ZDWHU

$ L

% L

& )

,QGLYLGXDO XQLWV % 5

/LJKWLQJ 6RFNHW RXWOHWV 5DQJH +RW ZDWHU

$ L

% L

& )

&RPPXQDO VHUYLFHV ,QWHUQDO OLJKWLQJ [ ZDWW ([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ [ ZDWW

Load group

+ +

Loading associated W

Maximum demand A

[

[ [ 6XE 7RWDO [ 6XE 7RWDO

6XE 7RWDO

Special characteristics/cyclical:

7DEOH HQWULHV KDYH EHHQ URXQGHG XS

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

123

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

*HQHUDOO\ PHWHULQJ LV WR EH JURXSHG QRW ORFDWHG LQ RU RQ DQ\ LQGLYLGXDO UHVLGHQFH DQG ZLWKLQ FRPPXQDO SURSHUW\ 0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH ZLWKLQ RQH IORRU RI WKH JURXQG OHYHO DQG PHWHULQJ LV WR EH LQ RQH ORFDWLRQ 3URYLGH DGHTXDWH VSDFH LQ IURQW RI WKH PHWHU SDQHO ZKHQ DQ\ KLQJHG VHFWLRQ LV RSHQ Supply authority details

Point of supply:

N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW IUDPH

Fault level:

N$ IRU N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU LPSHGDQFH

Special conditions:

7KH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW SDQHO WR DQ +5& IXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG DW VRXWKHUQ ERXQGDU\

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢

,W LV SRVVLEOH WR ORFDWH WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG DQG PHWHULQJ ZLWKLQ WKH FRPPXQDO DUHD DW WKH JURXQG IORRU DQG WKH EXLOGLQJ GHVLJQHU KDV SURYLGHG VSDFH IRU WKLV SXUSRVH ,W LV QRW LQ D SDWK RI UHTXLUHG HJUHVV 7KH VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ D PHWHU VZLWFK URRP ZKHUH WKHUH LV DW OHDVW P FOHDUDQFH LQ IURQW RI WKH VZLWFKERDUG DQG PHWHU SDQHOV IRU DFFHVV DVVXPLQJ PP SDQHOV 7KH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH WR EH ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ HDFK XQLW LQ D SXUSRVH PDGH HQFORVXUH ZLWK DGHTXDWH FOHDUDQFH IRU DFFHVV 6HH $6 1=6

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Site layout plan

S ubm ain and Co nnec tio n S c hed ule

Phase A

B ri ef

C P lanni ng

Unit

S treet R es erve

1 2 11 12 15 16

5 00 kVA T ran s fo rm er & o utp ut u nit f ram e

Sub Main Length

m 10 10 20 20 15 20

Unit

Sub Main Length

Unit

m 3 4 7 8 17 18

Sub Main Length

Revi ew t he planni ng

Y ES H as th e p lan n in g c h an ge d?

m 10 10 15 15 25 25

5 6 9 10 13 14

15 15 10 15 20 20

Desig n

Redesi gn

NO Is t he in st all ati on t h e sa m e a s th e d es ig n?

Y ES

Instal lat ion

P ark ing und er Build ing

T est ing & Verifi cati on

S ite Bou ndry

D riv ew ay

D w elling Unit 1,7 ,13

Ear th Elec trod e

P it

D w elling Unit 3,9 ,15

D w elling Unit 5,1 1,17

E P Bond to w ater m ain M ain S w itc h board & M eter ing pos ition belo w G ro und F loo r N D w elling Unit 2,8 ,14

D w elling Unit 4,1 0,16

D w elling Unit 6,1 2,18

R is ers f or c ables

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

E lec tric ity D is tribu tor's LV Und ergr oun d C able

124

C on s um ers M ains R oute

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

125

HB 301—2001

Schematic diagram Alloc ate voltage drop lim its , and es tim ate c able route lengths

1.2%

1.36%

2.44%

F inal S ubc irc uit

Preliminary single line diagram

T rans form er LV O utput F us e - ED equipm ent if required

C ons um er M ains 3

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

ED S P D if required Ac tive Link - one per phas e 6 Units per phas e

ED M P D or ED S P D if required

ED equipm ent

ED M

C irc uit-breaker/ M ain S w itc h - one per s ubm ain

S ubm ains , s ingle-phas e, one per living unit

T ypic al dis tribution board C om plying w ith AS /N ZS 3018 D om es tic Ins tallations

Legend ED = Elec tric ity D is tributor ED S P D = Elec tric ity D is tributor S ervic e P rotec tive D evic e ED M P D = Elec tric ity D is tributor M eter protec tive D evic e ED M = Elec tric ity D is tributor M eter

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

126

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3)storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Review checklist:

Y Y

Y ES

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

D e si gn

R e de si g n

Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

9HULILHG WKDW WKH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DVVHVVPHQW PDGH LQ WKH SODQQLQJ VWDJH LV VWLOO YDOLG Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Y Y Y Y

Calculation (refer below) 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.

Section considered

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQV W\SLFDO IRU DOO XQLWV

Diversity applied

& &

Loading associated

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

Special characteristics/cyclical: Maximum demand:

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DOORZDQFH RI a LQ WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV LV EHOLHYHG WR EH UHDVRQDEOH DV WKLV UHSUHVHQWV D JURZWK DOORZDQFH IRU WKH IXWXUH RI DSSUR[LPDWHO\ $ SHU SKDVH 7KH JURZWK DOORZDQFH LQ WKH LQGLYLGXDO VXEPDLQV RI $ UHSUHVHQWV DQ DOORZDQFH IRU JURZWK RI DQG WKLV LV UHDVRQDEOH IRU GRPHVWLF LQVWDOODWLRQV

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

127

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design recordâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short circuit current at the origin is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective short-circuit current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper, mm2

LH PP

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

7[ /9 IXVH 6HUYLFH 3URWHFWLYH 'HYLFH 6XEPDLQ FLUFXLW EUHDNHU

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

+5& Â² +5& Â²

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

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Â² VHH 6HFWLRQ )RU WKLV H[DPSOH V LV XVHG DV D ILUVW WHVW IRU IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH FRPSOLDQFH WR GHPRQVWUDWH WKH SULQFLSOHV www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

128

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

,Q WKLV GHVLJQ VROXWLRQ LW ZLOO EH QHFHVVDU\ WR DVVHVV WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG D IDPLO\ RI VXEPDLQV DV WKH ORDG IRU HDFK XQLW LV LGHQWLFDO DQG WKH OHQJWKV IRU WKH ZKROH LQVWDOODWLRQ FDQ EH JURXSHG E\ OHQJWK 7KH H[FOXVLRQ RI DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ SURYLGHV DQ H[DPSOH ZKHUH WKH EULHI LV SURYLGLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV WR UHGXFH FDSLWDO FRVW )RU WKLV H[DPSOH LW LV DVVXPHG WKDW WKH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU UHTXLUHV D 6HUYLFH 3URWHFWLYH 'HYLFH RQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG DQG WKH LQLWLDO FKRLFH LV D $ IXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

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

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

129

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation:

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

The target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable-current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating factors Due to

*URXSLQJ $PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

6LQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH P 'HHS

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Cable designation:

130

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

1000Vd FDOFXODWHG DV Ï&#x2020; YROW GURS. LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 4.8 = 1.14mv / Am ZKLFK \LHOGV PP FDEOH EXW WKH PLQ VKRUW FLUFXLW 35 Ã&#x2014; 120

VL]H LV PP ZLWK '. RI PY P 7DEOH $6 1=6 IRU 4& FDEOH $V LW LV SURSRVHG WR SURWHFW WKLV FDEOH ZLWK D $ IXVH WKH PLQLPXP FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI WKH FDEOH WKHQ LV $ DQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 WKH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI PP ;/3( LV $ ZKLFK VDWLVILHV WKH FRQGLWLRQ 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH HTXLYDOHQW VLQJOH SKDVH YROWDJH GURS LV â&#x2C6;&#x161; Y Ï&#x2020; 7KH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU LV WR EH QRW OHVV WKDQ $ &ODXVH VR PP ;/3( 39& LV VHOHFWHG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

Earth

A V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

;/3( 39& Ï&#x2020;

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

$ 7UDQVIRUPHU IXVH

Comment: 7KH WUDQVIRUPHU /9 IXVH GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW DW WKLV SRLQW

mm2

<HV 1R

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

Neutral

;/3( 39&

3 ( 1 $ 3 (

1 $

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

Cable designation: The target voltage drop is:

The cable route length is:

131

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

6XEPDLQV W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV ZLWK P URXWH OHQJWK Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation:

1000 Ã&#x2014; 3.13 = 1.79mv / Am 25 Ã&#x2014; 70

Vc =

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

QRWH WKDW WKH FLUFXLW LV Ï&#x2020;

DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH DV PP ZLWK 9F RI [ PY P IRU Ï&#x2020; 7KH 9ROWDJH 'URS LV [ [ [ Y Ï&#x2020; 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ PP 7KH VXEPDLQ FDEOHV DUH LQ /' FRQGXLW LQ WKH ULVHU DQG WKH RYHUDOO GHUDWLQJ IDFWRU IRU WKLV FDEOH LQVWDOOHG LQ JURXSV LV IURP 7DEOH LWHP &RO $6 1=6 VR WKH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ RI WKH FDEOH LV [ $ Vc =

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit

Phase

Neutral

Earth

39& [

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

Ï&#x2020;

0(1 # 06%

Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

â&#x201E;¦

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

<HV 1R

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

Comment: 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW LQ WKLV VHFWLRQ

Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit

mm2

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

39&

7DEOH

3 ( 3 (

1 $

/' FRQGXLW LQ DLU /' FRQGXLW LQ DLU N$

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Cable designation: The target voltage drop is:

The cable route length is:

132

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

6XEPDLQV W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV ZLWK P URXWH OHQJWK Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

P 1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 3.14 = 4.48mv / Am 10 Ã&#x2014; 70

QRWH WKDW WKH FLUFXLW LV Ï&#x2020;

KRZHYHU WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH ORDG

FXUUHQW LV PP ZLWK Ï&#x2020; 9. RI [ PY P $V IRU WKH SUHYLRXV VXEPDLQ FDOFXODWLRQ WKH FDEOHV LQ FRQGXLW LQ WKH ULVHU DUH VSDFHG WR PLQLPLVH GHUDWLQJ H[FHSW IRU WKH JURXSLQJ ZLWK DQ RYHUDOO GHUDWLQJ RI 7KH YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI ,W FDQ EH FDOFXODWHG IURP WKLV HTXDWLRQ WKDW PP FDEOH ZLOO EH VDWLVIDFWRU\ IRU DOO VXEPDLQ URXWH OHQJWKV ZLWKLQ WKLV LQVWDOODWLRQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit

Phase

Neutral

Earth

39& [

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

Ï&#x2020;

0(1 # 06%

Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

â&#x201E;¦

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

<HV 1R

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

&RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW

Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit

mm2

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

39&

7DEOH

3 ( 3 (

1 $

/' FRQGXLW LQ $LU /' FRQGXLW LQ $LU N$

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

133

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

7KH FDEOH WR EH XVHG IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV LV VKRZQ DV ;/3( FDEOH VKHDWK WR EH 39& >,Q VRPH DUHDV WKH VHUYLFH UXOHV UHTXLUH ;/3( 39& FDEOH IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG WKLV ZLOO LPSDFW WKH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ EXW QRW WKH YROWDJH GURS@ 7KH VKRUW FLUFXLW IDXOW GXUDWLRQ LV WDNHQ DV V DV WKH SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQW DW WKH HQG RI WKH VXEPDLQV LV N$ DQG LW KDV EHHQ YHULILHG WKDW WKH $ IXVH ZLOO RSHUDWH ZLWKLQ V IRU IDXOWV H[FHHGLQJ N$ $6 1=6 7KH IDXOW UDWLQJ RI WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LI LW LV PDQXIDFWXUHG PXVW PHHW N$ IRU V ,Q WKLV UHVLGHQWLDO LQVWDOODWLRQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV SURSRVHG WR EH D VWDQGDUG SDQHO ERDUG DVVHPEO\ FRPSO\LQJ ZLWK $6 7KH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFHV RQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG PXVW EH UDWHG IRU SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQWV HTXDO WR RU H[FHHGLQJ N$ IRU V

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

$W WKLV SRLQW WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ GHVLJQ LV UHYLVHG WR â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

6HUYLFH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH $ &% 7\SH & IRU FRPPHUFLDO UHDVRQV RQO\ 7HQDQF\ VXEPDLQ SURWHFWLRQ $ &% 7\SH &

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Â·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV [ PP 39& 39& [ PP ;/3( 39& PP 39& FRQGXLW

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

Cable selection

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Short circuit conductor size

Volt drop target

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Comment

Zint A

mm2

â&#x201E;¦

3 1 3 (

3 (

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

www.standards.com.au

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV

134

mm2

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable record Cable number from SLD

&RQVXPHUV 0DLQV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU

Fault level at origin

Fault level at end

Type of cable

Cu/Al

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Active mm2

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Neutral mm2

Insulation

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Earth mm2

XQLWV

&X 6& &X 6&

;/3( 39& 39& 9

XQLWV

&X 6&

39& 9

XQLWV

&X 6&

39& 9

XQLWV

&X 6&

39& 9

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

135

Cable designation

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Mult (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG N$

Switchboard designation: Fault level: Equipment description

%XV EDU

Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

Location:

Type

Fault rating

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

2SHQ FDU SDUN XQGHU EXLOGLQJ Comment

www.standards.com.au

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

1HXWUDO OLQN PP $FWLYH OLQNV PP VHDOHG (DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR PP 7DEOH HQFORVXUH 0DLQ VZLWFK $ &% 6XEPDLQ SURWHFWLRQ W\SH & &RPPXQDO # 06% &% H[W OLJKWLQJ $ 5&' 8VH 0&% 5&' LQ +RXVH '% &% Â² LQW OLJKWLQJ $ 5&' 8VH 0&% 5&' LQ +RXVH '% Comment: 7KH UHVLGHQWLDO XQLW GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWDU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D PLQLPXP IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V

136

&ODXVH 7KH VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH PDQXIDFWXUHG WR $6 $6 1=6 EXV EDU DW OHDVW PP [ PP

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

AS/NZS 3000 Ref 5.5.1, Table 5.1 5.6.2

MEN link:

PP # 06%

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2

5.8 PP WR ZDWHU PDLQ DW Equipotential bond: HQWU\ SRLQW WR VHUYLFHV ULVHU DGMDFHQW 06% Table 5.1 Switchboard enclosure earth: PP WR PDLQ HDUWK EDU Detached buildings: 5.6.6 1 $ Comment:

7KH PDLQ HDUWK LV WR UXQ LQ FRQGXLW ZLWK WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG WR WHUPLQDWH RQ WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH GULYHQ DGMDFHQW WR WKH FDEOH SLW RQ WKH QRUWK VLGH RI WKH EXLOGLQJ 7KH HTXLSRWHQWLDO ERQG LV WR EH PDGH LQ WKH VHUYLFHV ULVHU VKDIW DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG DQG PHWHU SDQHO DV WKLV LV WKH HQWU\ SRLQW IRU WKH PDLQ ZDWHU SLSH LQ WKH EXLOGLQJ

137

Main earth bar:

PP PP GLDPHWHU P ORQJ GULYHQ â&#x2030;¥ P # 1 VLGH FDEOH HQWU\ WR EXLOGLQJ 7R VXLW XS WR PP FDEOHV 5.6.4

Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

Comments on earthing system:

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Mult (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

$ FRPPRQ SURWHFWLYH HDUWK LV UHWLFXODWHG LQ HDFK ULVHU DQG WKLV VHUYHV GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV 7KH FDEOH VL]H VHOHFWHG LV PP IURP 7DEOH WR PDWFK WKH VXEPDLQV 7KLV V\VWHP DUUDQJHPHQW FRPSOLHV ZLWK &ODXVH D 7KH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH FRPSOLHV ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI &ODXVH

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing schematic diagram:

Main Neutral Bar

MEN LINK

Main Earthing Conduc tor

Main Earthing Bar

P rotec tive Earthing Conduc tor 138

Ris ers to Units Earthing Bar UNIT DB 1

Earth Elec trode

Equipotential Bond to W ater Main and Gas Main

Earthing Bar UNIT DB 2

www.standards.com.au

F inal S ub-c irc uits

S w itc hboard Enc losure Conduc tive Parts

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

Earthing Bar UNIT DB 3

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B ri ef

5HVLGHQWLDO 8QLWÂ³7\SLFDO IRU DOO XQLWV VKRZQ IRU P VXEPDLQ OHQJWK ! N$ Fault duration V

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S Has the planning changed?

Desi gn

Redesi g n

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

Schedule of voltage drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

YE S

Insta ll at io n

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Mult (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final Subcircuits

139

Comments on final sub circuit selection:

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

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

7KH KRW ZDWHU FDEOLQJ LV DVVXPHG WR EH UHWLFXODWHG VXFK WKDW LW LV SDUWLDOO\ VXUURXQGHG E\ WKHUPDO LQVXODWLRQ DOORZLQJ WKH XVH RI PP DQG $ &%

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

$OORZ : $ SHU SRLQW $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV 6SUHDG RYHU / DQG /

Socket-outlets:

5HIHU WR $6 1=6 7DEOH DQG DOORZ IRU WKH ORDG WR EH VKDUHG DFURVV FLUFXLWV 140

)RU H[DPSOH 3 &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ NLWFKHQ 3 &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ ORXQJH DQG EHGURRPV 3 LI UHTXLUHG &RQQHFW XS WR $ VRFNHW RXWOHWV LQFOXGLQJ ODXQGU\

www.standards.com.au

7KH FLUFXLW UDWLQJ LV PDWFKHG WR WKH ORDG 7KH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK IRU WKH ZDWHU KHDWHU LV WKH FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ILWWHG ZLWK ORFN RII IDFLOLW\ &ODXVH &ODXVH UHTXLUHV D IXQFWLRQDO VZLWFK ORFDWHG DGMDFHQW WR WKH FRRNLQJ DSSOLDQFHV

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

0DLQ 5&' 5&' 0&% 3URWHFWLRQ

/LJKWV &%

8QLW GLVWULEXWLRQ VZLWFKERDUGÂ³7\SLFDO IRU XQLWV Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

Cable selected

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream

PP 7 ( PP 7 ( PP 7 PP ( PP 7 PP (

<HV

5&' 8SVWUHDP 5&' 8SVWUHDP /LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

PP 7 ( PP 7 (

<HV

5&'

<HV

5&'

736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV 736 LQ FHLOLQJ DQG ZDOOV

6RFNHW RXWOHWV &%

+RW ZDWHU

5DQJH

$W 06% ([WHUQDO OWV

5&' 0&%

736 LQ FRQGXLW

,QWHUQDO OWV

5&' 0&%

736 LQ FRQGXLW

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

â&#x201E;¦

141

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable. HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Mult (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram:

T ransform er LV O utput Fuse - ED equipm ent if required

ED SP D

ED M PD if required

M ain Sw itc hes and Subm ain Circ uit-breakers Consum ers M ains 3 ED SP D if required ED M eters

Ac tive Link - one per phas e 6 Units per phase

ED M PD or ED SPD if required House D B ED M

142

ED equipm ent

M ain Sw itc hboard Layout Plan Circ uit-breaker/ Main Sw itc h - one per s ubm ain

Subm ains, s ingle-phase, one per living unit

Com plying w ith AS/N ZS 3018 D om estic Ins tallations

www.standards.com.au

N ote: House Metering and D B to be on A phase and located on the M SB, Main Sw itc h 40 A CB Circ uit c ontrol to be 10 A RCD/M CB Legend ED = Elec tric ity D istributor ED SP D = Elec tric ity D istributor Servic e Protec tive D evic e ED M PD = Elec tricity D istributor Meter protec tive D evic e ED M = Elec tricity D istributor Meter

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

T ypic al distribution board

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Consum ers M ains P hase

E quivalent s ource im pedanc e

E D Tx Fus e if ins talled

S ub Circ uit P has e

S ub M ains P has e

E D S PD if ins talled

phase sm

143

2.3: Residential—Mult (3) storey—18 units

www.standards.com.au

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

CB - S ub c ct

Phase SC

S upply V oltage V

Fault to E arth I sc

Consum ers M ains Neutral Z

Z cn

earth sm

earth SC

P ros pec tive Fault Loop Current M E N Link

S ub M ains P rotec tive E arthing Conduc tor

S ub Circ uit P rotective E arthing Conduc tor

M ain E arth E lectrode

HB 301—2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

B rief

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Fault-loop impedance schedule

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

For example Cable designation/ Fault-loop

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Device designation

Device impedance limit â&#x201E;Ś

Section

Cable impedance

Total impedance

â&#x201E;Ś

)6&

2.3: Residentialâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Multi (3) storeyâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;18 units

www.standards.com.au

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; = Submains â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Section nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, FSC = Final subcircuit.

Result obtained in test â&#x201E;Ś 144

&0 WR 8QLW $ &% '% P W\SH & 8QLW '% $ &% WR +:

Cable impedance

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Wiring systems

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

145

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

2.3: Residential—Mult (3) storey—18 units

www.standards.com.au

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

HB 301—2001

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B 4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 M Ω

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule Integral test switch or special instrument

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

www.standards.com.au

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

146

Earth continuity Main earth conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

147

HB 301—2001

The main switchboard could have been installed within the building, but in this case the designer must take care that the location is not within a path of fire egress, and that the meters are accessible to the meter reader.

The consumers mains could have used PVC/PVC and this would have provided a lower current rating. A different protection and grading scheme would apply. The selection is based on economics.

The Electricity Distributor may decide to use a different method for Service Protective Devices and metering equipment, and the designer must always observe the requirements of the Electricity Distributor.

Comments on the design solution adopted: a)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

c) d)

The meter switch room location was chosen below the building as it is common in these buildings to encounter: i) Security doors and access restrictions, ii) Fire egress paths. The cable selection and the discrimination are critical to the success of the design. The Service Rules generally require the whole of the electrical installation to grade against the distribution network, and this is extremely difficult due to the use of HRC fuses for service protective devices. The design brief did not require spare capacity for air conditioning loads, but it is apparent that spare capacity has arisen through cable selection. It has been assumed that the consumers mains will be connected in parallel with other outgoing circuits at the transformer LV panel. The 400 A fuse may then be considered to provide short-circuit protection and the 160 A CB service protective device may be considered to provide overload protection for the consumers mains. These design aspects must be discussed with the Electricity Distributor. The earthing system has been selected to minimise the number of earthing conductors reticulated to the distribution boards and to take advantage of the riser configuration. Other riser configurations (e.g. multicore cable) could lead to other solutions. The protective earthing conductor is to be reticulated with the submains, and a tee off joint is to be formed at each intermediate DB. The protective earth conductor is not to be taken through the earth bar at the DB as this would contravene Clause 5.6.7.3. Emergency and exit lighting is assumed to be single point in accordance with AS/NZS 2293.

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

148

2.3: Residential—Multi (3) storey—18 units

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

NOTES

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

149

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 4 Retail development—Single level—10 units

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

150

2.4: Retail development

Retail development—Single level—10 units This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service and Installation Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

151

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

B r i ef

'HVLJQ DQG ,QVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D UHWDLO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ WHQ XQLWV RQ JURXQG OHYHO 5HIHU WR WKH VLWH OD\RXW SODQ ZKLFK VKRZV JURXSV RI EXLOGLQJV DQG WKH WHQDQF\ IORRU DUHDV

P l anni ng

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

$ VXEVWDWLRQ LV ORFDWHG RQ WKH VLWH

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU HDFK UHWDLO RXWOHW LV WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ /LJKWLQJ DQG VRFNHW RXWOHWV $ IRU JHQHUDO XVH DQG GLVSOD\ â&#x20AC;¢ 6WRUDJH ZDWHU KHDWHU RI N: Â² QRW RII SHDN N: # 9

â&#x20AC;¢ $LU FRQGLWLRQLQJ RQ DQ LQGLYLGXDO UHWDLO RXWOHW EDVLV â&#x20AC;¢ 5HWDLO XQLWV DUH WR EH OHDVHG IRU JHQHUDO XVH QRW IRRG â&#x20AC;¢ 5HWDLO XQLWV DUH WR EH SURYLGHG ZLWK D SKDVH VXSSO\ DV WKH\ PD\ EH OHDVHG DV IRRG WHQDQFLHV â&#x20AC;¢ 5HWDLO XQLW LV D PDMRU WHQDQW DQG LV H[SHFWHG WR KDYH VXEVWDQWLDO VKRZURRP OLJKWLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ 1R HPHUJHQF\ V\VWHPV UHTXLUHG XQGHU %XLOGLQJ &RGH H[FHSW HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWLQJ 7KH H[WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ LV WR EH VHSDUDWHO\ PHWHUHG DV D FRPPXQDO VHUYLFH

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

152

2.4: Retail development

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Assumptions made

8VH $'0' PHWKRG VHH 6HFWLRQ IRU D GHWDLOHG H[SODQDWLRQ IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV RI 9$ P IRU JHQHUDO UHWDLO EDVHG RQ /LJKWV 9$ 3RZHU 9$ $LU &RQ Â² 9$ +RW ZDWHU 9$ )RU IRRG RXWOHWV XVH 9$ P Â² DOORZV IRU DGGLWLRQDO H[KDXVW DQG FRRNLQJ HTXLSPHQW )RU VSHFLDOW\ UHWDLO WHQDQFLHV GLVSOD\LQJ OLJKWLQJ DQG HOHFWULFDO DSSOLDQFHV FRPSXWHUV DQG WKH OLNH XVH 9$ P WR FDWHU IRU DGGLWLRQDO DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ DQG OLJKWLQJ $ FDOFXODWLRQ RI PD[LPXP GHPDQG FDQ EH PDGH IRU LQGLYLGXDO WHQDQFLHV DV EHORZ ZLWK DVVXPSWLRQV QRWHG

B r ie f

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3. Y Calculation (refer below) Y Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦$'0'â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.

If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C &ROXPQ Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Section considered

*HQHUDO UHWDLO P Ï&#x2020;

)RRG RXWOHWV P Â² Ï&#x2020;

Load description

Load group

Loading associated W

Maximum demand A

/LJKW Â² 9$ P 6RFNHW 2XWOHWV Â² SHU P $LU FRQGLWLRQLQJ +RW ZDWHU

% LL

' *

/LJKW Â² 9$ P 6RFNHW RXWOHWV Â² SHU P &RRNLQJ

6XE 7RWDO

% LL

N: [ N: 6XE 7RWDO

$LU FRQGLWLRQLQJ ' +RW ZDWHU *

&RPPXQDO VHUYLFHV ([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ [ : $ Special characteristics/cyclical: 7DEOH HQWULHV KDYH EHHQ URXQGHG XS )RU P JHQHUDO UHWDLO XQLWV DOORZ DQ 0' RI $ VLQJOH SKDVH )RU P Â´VSHFLDOW\ UHWDLOÂµ PDMRU WHQDQW DOORZ DQ 0' RI $ SKDVH EDVHG RQ WKH $'0' DV DERYH Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

153

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

0HWHULQJ LV WR EH JURXSHG QRW ORFDWHG LQ DQ\ UHWDLO RXWOHW DQG ZLWKLQ FRPPXQDO SURSHUW\ 3URYLGH DGHTXDWH VSDFH LQ IURQW RI WKH PHWHU SDQHO ZKHQ DQ\ KLQJHG VHFWLRQ LV RSHQ

Supply authority details

Point of supply: Fault level: Special conditions:

N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW IUDPH N$ IRU N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU LPSHGDQFH 7KH VXSSO\ DXWKRULW\ ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW SDQHO

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG DW WKH UHDU RI WKH EXLOGLQJV

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

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

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Site layout plan

S t re e t

S i te B o un dr y

R e s e rv e

(7 5m )

(1 5m ) 5 0 0 kVA T ran s form er & o u tp ut u n it fram e M ain S w itc hb o ard & M etering P o s itio n # 1

(5 m )

G en eral R etail (2 00 m 2 ) 1

M ajo r T en an t S p ec ialty -R etail (4 00 m 2 ) 2

(2 0m )

1 O 'A'

R etail 2 (5 0m ) (2 00 m ) 3

1 O 'B'

S p ec ialty 3 O

R etail (1 00 M 2 ) 4 1 O 'B'

(5 m )

(2 0m )

154

Food (1 00 m 2 ) 5

Pa rk in g a n d D riv e way

(4 0m )

M eterin g P o s itio n # 2

D is t ribu t o r's L V Un de rg ro u n d C a ble

M eterin g P o s itio n #3

Food (1 00 m 2 ) 10 3O (5 m )

R etail (1 00 m 2 )

9 1 O 'A '

8 1 O 'C '

(1 00 m 2 ) 7

R etail (1 00 m 2 ) 6 1 O 'C'

(4 0m )

'F o o d' 3O (5 0 m )

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

N o te: S u b m ain s in s id e b u ild in gs are ru n o n c able tray

2.4: Retail development

155

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Schematic diagram M ain S w itc h b o ard & M eterin g P oin t 1

M eterin g P o in t 2 (7 5m )

(1 5m )

1. 5 %

0. 4 % 1. 2 %

(4 0m )

(5 0m ) M eterin g P o in t 3

1. 4 %

Unit 6 Unit 7 F in al S u b C irc u its 2 %

F in al S u b C irc u its 2 .1 %

Preliminary single line diagram T xN /L Tx Ele c tric ity D is t rib u t o r P ro t e ct iv e D e v ic e

Co n s u m e rs M a in s

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Main Sw itc h board

Main Earthin g Bar EP BO N D

Main N /L

MEN 100 A

150 A

ELECT RO D E Sub m ains

D B1

Metering Poin t 2 T ypic al

ED M

Metering Poin t 3 T ypic al

ED M

D B2

Metering Poin t 1 T ypic al

T en anc y D B3 T en anc y DB 5

T en anc y DB 8

Legend ED = Elec tric ity D is tributor ED SP D = Elec tric ity D is trib utor S erv ic e P rotec tive D evic e ED MP D = Elec tric ity D is tributo r Meter p rotec tive D evic e ED M = Elec tric ity D is tributo r Meter

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

156

2.4: Retail development

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

Review checklist:

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Y Y

Y ES

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

D e si gn

R e de si g n

Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation (see Section 1 for ADMD estimate method)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH VXEPDLQV WR WKH WHQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH EDVHG RQ WKH 0' HVWLPDWHV IURP 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV DV GHWHUPLQHG LQ WKH SODQQLQJ SKDVH 8VLQJ WKH $'0' YDOXHV GHWHUPLQHG LQ WKH SODQQLQJ SKDVH IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV 7HQDQW Â² DOORZ N9$ Ï&#x2020; 7HQDQW DOORZ N9$ Ï&#x2020; 7HQDQW Â² DOORZ N9$ Ï&#x2020; 7HQDQW Â² DOORZ N9$ Ï&#x2020; Y Using assessment Clause 1.8.3, $'0'â&#x20AC;¦as belowâ&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Section considered

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 8QLWV 8QLWV 8QLWV 6XEPDLQ WR XQLWV 6XEPDLQ WR 7HQDQF\ 60 *HQHUDO P *HQHUDO P )RRG P 0DMRU WHQDQW P

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

Diversity applied

Loading associated

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

$'0'

N9$

$'0' $'0' $'0' +HDYLHVW ORDGHG SKDVH +HDYLHVW ORDGHG SKDVH

N9$ N9$ N9$

7DEOH 7DEOH 7DEOH 7DEOH

& & & &

Ï&#x2020; Ï&#x2020; Ï&#x2020; Ï&#x2020;

Special characteristics/cyclical: 3ODQ WR DFKLHYH D EDODQFHG ORDG. Maximum Demand: &RQVXPHUV PDLQV ( [ â&#x2C6;&#x161; [

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

157

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design record â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short-circuit current at the origin is: The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective shortcircuit current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper, mm2

LH PP

Preliminary protective device selection. Protection device

Rating

Type

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

0DLQ IXVHV LI LQVWDOOHG

&% Â² $ &% &%

+5& Â² & & &

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

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www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

158

2.4: Retail development

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

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

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

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

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

159

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation: The target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating Factors Due to

*URXSLQJ $PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

6LQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH P GHHS

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

160

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

Cable designation:

Vc =

The cable selected is given by the calculation:

Vc =

2.4: Retail development

1000Vd FDOFXODWH DV Ï&#x2020; YROW GURS. LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 1.6 = 0.304mv / Am EXW LQ WKLV FDVH WKH VHOHFWLRQ ZLOO EH EDVHG RQ WKH 15 Ã&#x2014; 350

IXVH SURWHFWLQJ WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV ZKLFK LV UDWHG DW $ 7KH PLQLPXP FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI WKH FDEOH WKHQ LV $ 7KH FDEOH ZKLFK VDWLVILHV WKH ORDG DQG WKH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH UDWLQJ LV PP 39& 39& IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DQG WKH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ LV $ 7KH YDOXH RI 9. LV P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 Â&#x192;& FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU LV WR EH QRW OHVV WKDQ KDOI WKH VL]H RI WKH SKDVH FRQGXFWRU PP VR PP LV VHOHFWHG &ODXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

Earth

39& 39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

3 1

3 ( 1 $

â&#x201E;¦

1RW NQRZQ

1 $

&RPPHQW 7KH XSVWUHDP SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH LV QRW NQRZQ $ IXVH KDV EHHQ XVHG DV DQ H[DPSOH

mm2

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

Neutral

3 (

1 $

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

161

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

6XEPDLQV WR 03 1R IRU '%V Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

1000 Ã&#x2014; 6 = 0.88mv / Am 75 Ã&#x2014; 90

The cable route length is:

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

QRWH WKDW WKH FLUFXLW LV

Ï&#x2020;

DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW

FDEOH DV PP ZLWK 9. RI P9 $P 7KH FRQGXFWRU WHPSHUDWXUH XVHG LV Â&#x192;& IRU 9 FDEOH 9ROWDJH 'URS LV [ [ [ Ï&#x2020; 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ 7KH QHXWUDO FDQ EH UHGXFHG WR PP DV SHU &ODXVH $ $ &% FDQ EH XVHG DW WKH 06% WR SURWHFW WKLV VXEPDLQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

39&

Earth

39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 (

mm2

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH 1R IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW LQ WKLV VHFWLRQ â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix 2):

www.standards.com.au

Neutral

$ $ D

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

162

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV WR 03 1R IRU '%V Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable route length is:

2.4: Retail development

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 4.8 = 0.92mv / Am 40 Ã&#x2014; 130

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

QRWH WKDW WKH FLUFXLW LV

Ï&#x2020;

DQG 7DEOH $6 1=6 JLYHV WKH QHDUHVW

FDEOH DV PP ZLWK 9. RI PY $P 7KH FRQGXFWRU WHPSHUDWXUH XVHG LV Â°& IRU 9 FDEOH 9ROWDJH 'URS LV [ [ [ Ï&#x2020; 7KH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ LV IRXQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ 7KH QHXWUDO FDQ EH UHGXFHG WR PP DV SHU &ODXVH $ $ &% FDQ EH XVHG DW WKH 06% WR SURWHFW WKLV VXEPDLQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

39&

Earth

39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06% 3 (

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

mm2

7DEOH

3 (

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH 1R IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW LQ WKLV VHFWLRQ â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

Neutral

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

163

6XEPDLQV IRU W\SLFDO XQLW Â³)RRG RXWOHW Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 5.6 = 2.5mv / Am 40 Ã&#x2014; 56

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

Ï&#x2020; FLUFXLW

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

PP ZLWK 9. RI PY $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 IRU PXOWLFRUH FDEOHV 7KH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ IRU WKH VXEPDLQV LQ D IRXU FRUH SOXV HDUWK FRQILJXUDWLRQ ODLG RQ FDEOH WUD\ DQG VSDFHG IURP RWKHU VHUYLFHV LV $ 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ Y $ $ 7\SH & &% FDQ EH XVHG WR SURWHFW WKLV FDEOH ,W FDQ EH FDOFXODWHG IURP WKLV HTXDWLRQ WKDW PP FDEOH ZLOO EH VDWLVIDFWRU\ IRU DOO VXEPDLQ URXWH OHQJWKV IRU WKH IRRG RXWOHWV DQG D PP FDEOH LV UHTXLUHG IRU WKH PDMRU WHQDQW XQLW UDWHG DW $ DQG SURWHFWHG E\ D $ 7\SH & &% Unit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

Earth

39& 39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

mm2

3 (

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1): www.standards.com.au

Neutral

2Q FDEOH WUD\ N$ Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

164

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV IRU XQLW Â³*HQHUDO UHWDLO RXWOHW Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

2.4: Retail development

3-Phase volt drop V

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 2.94 = 1.31mv / Am 40 Ã&#x2014; 56

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

QRWH WKDW WKH FLUFXLW LV

Ï&#x2020;

DQG WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS

7DEOH $6 1=6 LV PP ZLWK Ï&#x2020; 9. RI [ P9 $P 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ Y Ï&#x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nit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

Earth

39& 39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

mm2

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1): Â© Standards Australia

Neutral

2Q FDEOH WUD\ N$ www.standards.com.au

2.4: Retail development

165

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

7KH FDEOH WR EH XVHG LV VKRZQ DV 9 39& FDEOH VKHDWK WR EH 39& DV QHFHVVDU\ ,Q VRPH DUHDV WKH 6HUYLFH 5XOHV UHTXLUH ;/3( 39& FDEOH IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG WKLV ZLOO LPSDFW WKH FDEOH VHOHFWLRQ 7KH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV UHTXLUHG WR EH PDQXIDFWXUHG WR PHHW N$ IRU V ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFKERDUG LV H[SHFWHG WR EH D PDQXIDFWXUHG VZLWFKERDUG FRPSO\LQJ ZLWK $6 7KH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFHV RQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG PXVW EH UDWHG IRU SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQWV HTXDO WR RU H[FHHGLQJ N$ IRU V

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH VXEPDLQV DUH DVVHVVHG LQ WXUQ HDFK ZLWK D FRPPRQ ORDG DQG GLIIHUHQW URXWH OHQJWKV 7KH XQPHWHUHG VXEPDLQV WR WKH PHWHULQJ ORFDWLRQV ZLOO EH VLQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW DQG QR IXUWKHU GHUDWLQJ DSSOLHV 7KH PHWHUHG VXEPDLQ FDEOHV ZLOO EH PXOWL FRUH FDEOHV RQ SHUIRUDWHG FDEOH WUD\ DQG VSDFHG WR PLQLPLVH GHUDWLQJ 7KH FRQGXLW VL]H UHTXLUHG IRU WKH PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV PD\ EH IRXQG IURP WKH FRQGXLW PDQXIDFWXUHUÂ·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV [ PP ;/3( 39& [ PP ;/3( 39& PP 39& FRQGXLW 6XEPDLQV [ PP 39& [ PP 39& [ PP ( PP 39& FRQGXLW

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) B rief

P la n ni n g

Cable selection

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable designation

Short circuit conductor size

Volt drop target

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Zint mm2

mm2

â&#x201E;Ś

3 1 3 (

3 (

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV

Comment

166

Fault level at origin

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable record Cable number from SLD

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO IRU XQLWV

Fault level at end

Type of cable

&X &X &X &X &X

Cu/Al

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Active mm2

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Neutral mm2

6& 6& 6& 0& 0&

Insulation

39& 39& 39& 9 39& 9 39& 39& 39& 39&

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Earth mm2

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Fault Level at origin

167

Cable designation

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG

Switchboard designation: Fault Level: Equipment description

Location:

1RUWK ZHVWHUQ HQG RI EXLOGLQJ

N$ Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

Type

1HXWUDO OLQN (DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR IUDPH 6ZLWFK XQLW 6XEPDLQ 6XEPDLQ 8QLW 8QLW &% H[W OLJKWLQJ

PP OXJ OLQN PP

$ $ &% $ &% $ &% $ &% $

VZLWFK & & & & 5&'

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

Comment

&ODXVH $SSUR[ VL]H [ PP PP

$6 $SSUR[ PP 7DEOH $VVXPH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH SURWHFWHG

168

%XV EDU

Fault rating

6ZLWFK LQFOXGHG IRU FRQVLVWHQF\ LQ LVRODWLRQ $GMXVWDEOH WR $ &% VHW # $ 6LQJOH SKDVH

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

&RPPHQW 7KH UHWDLO XQLW GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWDU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V (DFK GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ZLOO EH ILWWHG ZLWK 5&' 0&%V IRU VRFNHW RXWOHW FLUFXLWV OLNHO\ WR EH XVHG IRU KDQGKHOG RU SRUWDEOH HTXLSPHQW DQG &%V IRU RWKHU FLUFXLWV $OO GHYLFHV WR EH UDWHG DW N$ 3URYLGH D QHXWUDO OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DQG DQ HDUWK OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DW HDFK '%.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

Main earth bar:

Equipotential bond:

Switchboard enclosure earth: Detached buildings: Comment:

PP GLDPHWHU P ORQJ GULYHQ ! P # 1 VLGH FDEOH HQWU\ WR EXLOGLQJ 7R VXLW XS WR PP

PP # 06%

5.5.1, Table 5.1 5.6.2

5.6.4

7KH PDLQ HDUWK LV DW D GULYHQ HOHFWURGH H[WHUQDO WR WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG HQFORVXUH 7KH HTXLSRWHQWLDO ERQG LV WR WKH ZDWHU PHWHU DQG JDV PHWHU DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG HQFORVXUH 7KH SURWHFWLYH HDUWK LV UHWLFXODWHG ZLWK WKH VXEPDLQV RULJLQDWLQJ DW WKH PDLQ HDUWK OLQN DW WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2

PP WR ZDWHU PDLQ DW HQWU\ SRLQW WR VHUYLFHV ULVHU 5.8 DGMDFHQW 06% PP WR PDLQ HDUWK EDU

Table 5.1

3URWHFWLYH HDUWK UXQ IURP 06%

Comments on earthing system:

5.6.6

169

MEN link:

AS/NZS 3000 Ref

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

7KLV V\VWHP DUUDQJHPHQW FRPSOLHV ZLWK &ODXVH D 7KH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH FRPSOLHV ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI &ODXVH . ,W LV DVVXPHG WKDW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH SURWHFWHG LQ WKLV H[DPSOH ,I WKLV LV QRW WKH FDVH WKHQ WKH 0(1 ZLOO LQFUHDVH WR WKH PDLQ QHXWUDO VL]H DQG WKH HQFORVXUH HDUWKLQJ FRQGXFWRU VL]H PXVW PDWFK WKH 0(1 PP

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Earthing schematic diagram: M AIN EART HIN G BAR

ENC LO SURE

Earth Elec trode

Equipotential Bond

S ubm ains Earths

S ubm ain 1,2,3

170

Earthing Bar at M P for 7,8,9,10

7 8

Earthing Bar at M P for 4,5,6

Enc los ure

9 10

S ubm ain Protec tive Earthing Conduc tors

D B Earthing Bars

D B Earthing Bars 2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

4,5,6 D B's

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B ri ef

5HWDLO WHQDQF\ '%Â³7\SLFDO DW 8QLW Fault duration N$ V

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S Has the planning changed?

Desi gn

Redesi g n

Schedule of Voltage Drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

Insta ll at io n

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

171

Comments on final sub circuit selection:

5&' FLUFXLW EUHDNHUV DUH XVHG IRU DOO FLUFXLWV VXSSO\LQJ VRFNHW RXWOHWV ZKHUH SHRSOH DUH OLNHO\ WR EH XVLQJ KDQG KHOG RU SRUWDEOH DSSOLDQFHV /LJKWV PP $ &% 6RFNHW RXWOHWV PP $ 5&' +RW ZDWHU PP $ &% 7KH FRRNLQJ DQG DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ FLUFXLWV ZLOO QHHG WR EH VL]HG WR VXLW WKH DFWXDO ORDG

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits Maximum number of points on a sub circuit and installation requirements. Lighting: Allow for actual or expected load, so for lighting estimate the average luminaire rating.

$OORZ : $ SHU SRLQW $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV $OORZ DGGLWLRQDO FLUFXLWV IRU VDIHW\ SXUSRVHV 3URYLGH D VHSDUDWH FLUFXLW IRU HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWV ZKHUH UHTXLUHG E\ WKH %XLOGLQJ &RGH Socket-outlets:

172

$OORZ IRU GLYHUVLW\ RQ VRFNHW RXWOHWV DV WKH\ DUH SURYLGHG IRU FRQYHQLHQFH 7KH GHVLJQHU PXVW REVHUYH &ODXVH DQG GHVLJQ IRU WKH H[SHFWHG ORDGV RQ WKH VRFNHW RXWOHWV )RU H[DPSOH 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV DOORZV : : SHU RXWOHW IRU DLU FRQGLWLRQHG VSDFH DQG WKLV LPSOLHV RXWOHWV FRXOG EH FRQQHFWHG WR D $ &% ,Q UHWDLO WKLV LV OLNHO\ WR EH UHGXFHG WR RXWOHWV RU OHVV GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH WHQDQF\ XVDJH 6R LQ WKLV H[DPSOH FRQQHFW XS WR VRFNHW RXWOHWV EXW DSSO\ GLYHUVLW\ WR VXLW WKH ORDG.

Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

7KH FLUFXLW UDWLQJ LV PDWFKHG WR WKH ORDG 7KH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK IRU HDFK GHGLFDWHG FLUFXLW LV WKH FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ILWWHG ZLWK ORFN RII IDFLOLW\ &ODXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

8QLW GLVWULEXWLRQ VZLWFKERDUGÂ³7\SLFDOÂ³8QLW DV H[DPSOH Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

6RFNHW RXWOHWV $

+RW ZDWHU

5&' 0&% &%

$LU &RQGLWLRQLQJ

736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 UXQ WRXFKLQJ VXUIDFH

7 7 7 7

PP ( PP ( PP ( PP (

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream â&#x201E;¦

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

5&'

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

173

/LJKWV

Cable selected

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable.

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram:

MA IN SWITCHBOA RD Tx N/L

No te : A ll u n m e te r e d c ir c u it b re a k e r s & lin k s to b e s e a le d Ear th in g Bar

Tr ans f o rme r f u s e may be pr ov id ed

Ne utr al Link

Fus es

400 A f us e Main Sw itc hes

MEN

200 A

100 A

150 A

Su bma in Sw itc h es Un its 1 ,2,3 Ho us e DB

100 A

A 63 C 7

Mete rin g Po int Un its 7 ,8,9 ,10

63 A

ED M

B 10

63 A

ED M

63 A

100 A

Mete r Pan el Fo r units 1,2 ,3 and ho us e

ED M

ED M Ho us e DB

6 Mete rin g Po int Un its 4 ,5,6

63 A

100 A

10 A

Ex t Lts Ty p ic al DB Un it 5

Ty p ic al DB Un it 3

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Leg en d ED = Elec tric ity D is tribu to r ED S P D = Elec tric ity D is tribu to r S ervic e P rotec tiv e D ev ic e ED M P D = Elec tric ity D is trib u to r M eter p ro tec tiv e D evic e ED M = Elec tric ity D is trib u tor M eter

B 2

63 A

Ty p ic al Un it DB 18 Pole

174

63 A

ED Me ter s Un its 1 ,2,3

100 A

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) B rief

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cons um ers M ains P has e

E quivalent s ourc e im pedanc e

S upply V oltage V

E D Tx F us e if required

S ub M ains P has e

phase sm

Phase SC

CB - S ub c c t

CB - S ub m ain

CB - S ub M ain

S ub Circ uit P has e

S ub M ains P has e

175

400 A F us e

F ault to E arth I sc

Cons um ers M ains Neutral Z

Z cn

earth sm

phase sm

earth SC

P ros pec tive F ault Loop Current M E N Link S ub M ains E arth

S ub M ains E arth

S ub Circ uit E arth

M ain E arth

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) B rief

Fault-loop impedance schedule P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

For example Device designation

Device impedance limit

Cable impedance

Ω

Cable impedance

60 WR 03 60 WR '% Ω

Ω

Cable impedance

)6& Ω

Cable impedance

Total impedance

Result obtained in test

Ω

176

Cable designation/ Fault loop Section

8QLW $ &% W\SH & '% WR $ &%

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM ‘n’ = Submains ‘Section n’, FSC = Final subcircuit, MP = Metering point, DB = Distribution board.

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

60 WR '% 8QLW +: 60 WR '% 8QLW +:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Wiring systems

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

177

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

HB 301—2001

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Testing and Verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B 4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 M Ω

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule Integral test switch or special instrument

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule 2.4: Retail development

www.standards.com.au

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

178

Earth continuity Main earth conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

2.4: Retail development

179

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

The main switchboard and metering could have been centralised on the site, but this would have involved long runs of metered submains, and this is not economical.

It has been assumed that the main switchboard would be a manufactured switchboard complying with AS 3439. As an alternative, the switchboard could be manufactured on site using partially type tested assembly components.

A MEN could have been formed at metering point 2 and 3 and these buildings could have been treated as outbuildings. The decision is based on economics at the time.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Comments on the design solution adopted: a)

The meter switch room location was chosen because it allows for ease of reticulation from the substation and all of the buildings.

The use of LV fuses to protect the consumers mains has been used in this example to demonstrate the impact of the fuses on the design of the installation. If a circuit-breaker was used for consumers mains protection, then the consumers mains cable selection could be different and this could also require different submain cable selections for voltage drop purposes.

In some circumstances the Service Rules will require the installation of a service protective device on the main switchboard. If this is required, then care must be taken as this device may not discriminate with the LV output fuses of the transformer.

At the main switchboard the consumers mains fuses provide fault current limiting for the main circuit-breakers. This approach, combined with the use of current limiting circuitbreakers provides fault current limiting for the downstream distribution boards which are close to the main switchboard and would otherwise see high fault currents. The submain control device can be a fault rated main switch or fault rated non-auto CB.

The earthing scheme has been selected to ensure minimum fault-loop impedances and maximum protection. The protective earthing conductor is to be reticulated with the submains, terminated at the MSB main earthing bar, and the metering point.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

180 2.4: Retail development

NOTES

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

181

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 5 Multi (3) storey office building

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

182

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Multi (3) storey office building This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service and Installation Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

183

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

B r i ef

'HVLJQ DQG LQVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D FRPPHUFLDO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ D VWRUH\ RIILFH EXLOGLQJ RI a P SHU IORRU $ VLWH OD\RXW SODQ LV DWWDFKHG

P l anni ng

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

$ VXEVWDWLRQ LV ORFDWHG RQ WKH VLWH

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU WKDW WKH EXLOGLQJ LV WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH PHWHULQJ SURYLVLRQ IRU D PD[LPXP RI WHQDQWV SHU IORRU â&#x20AC;¢ 6WRUDJH :DWHU +HDWHU RI N: RQH SHU IORRU Â² QRW RII SHDN â&#x20AC;¢ $LU FRQGLWLRQLQJ RQ DQ LQGLYLGXDO WHQDQF\ EDVLV XVLQJ D FRQGHQVHU ZDWHU V\VWHP DQG UHYHUVH F\FOH FHLOLQJ XQLWV IRU KHDWLQJ DQG FRROLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH FRQGHQVHU ZDWHU SXPSV DQG ERLOHU ZLOO EH Â´KRXVH VHUYLFHVÂµ â&#x20AC;¢ 6PRNH H[KDXVW LI UHTXLUHG E\ WKH EXLOGLQJ FRGH ZLOO EH D Â´KRXVH VHUYLFHÂµ â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH EXLOGLQJ XVH LV FRPPHUFLDO RIILFH VSDFH QRW UHWDLO RU GLVSOD\ â&#x20AC;¢ (PHUJHQF\ V\VWHPV UHTXLUHG XQGHU %XLOGLQJ &RGH LQFOXGHV HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWLQJ DXWRPDWLF ILUH GHWHFWLRQ â&#x20AC;¢ (PHUJHQF\ V\VWHPV XQGHU $6 1=6 LQFOXGH WKH OLIW â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH H[WHUQDO DQG OREE\ OLJKWLQJ DQG SRZHU DUH WR EH PHWHUHG DV D Â´KRXVH VHUYLFHÂµ â&#x20AC;¢ 7HQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH WR EH SURYLGHG DW HDFK IORRU DW WKH OREE\ ULVHU www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

184

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

$VVXPSWLRQV PDGH 6HH 6HFWLRQ IRU WKH $'0' PHWKRG IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV XVLQJ 9$ P IRU JHQHUDO RIILFH VSDFH EDVHG RQ /LJKWV 9$ 3RZHU 9$ $LU &RQ Â² 9$ 7KH LQFUHDVHG XVH RI FRPSXWHUV DQG WKH OLNH KDV LQFUHDVHG WKH XVXDO $'0' IURP 9$ P WR 9$ P WR FDWHU IRU DGGLWLRQDO DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ IURP WKH KHDW ORDG )RU FRPPRQ DUHDV P SHU IORRU OREELHV HWF XVH 9$ P IRU OLJKW SRZHU DQG D F

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3. Y Calculation (refer below) Y Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦..â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦$'0'â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Measurement usingâ&#x20AC;¦..â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C &ROXPQ Section considered Load description Load Loading associated group W

/LJKW Â² 9$ P *HQHUDO RIILFH VSDFH Â² SKDVH DVVXPHG P SHU '% 6RFNHW RXWOHWV Â² SHU P $LU &RQGLWLRQLQJ XVLQJ NZ KHDW SXPS XQLWV +RXVH 6HUYLFHV 7KUHH SKDVH

Maximum demand A

% LL :

: EXW DSSO\ GLYHUVLW\ WR [ N: PRWRUV : 6XE 7RWDO

$LU FRQGLWLRQLQJ

+RW ZDWHU /LIW &RQGHQVHU ZDWHU SXPSV ([KDXVW IDQV /LJKWLQJ 9$ P Â² P 6RFNHW RXWOHWV # $

* ( '

: GLYHUVLILHV WR : : : :

' $

: :

% LL

6XE 7RWDO Special characteristics/cyclical: 7DEOH HQWULHV KDYH EHHQ URXQGHG XS 7KHUH ZLOO DOVR EH WZR VPDOO VLQJOH SKDVH ORDGV RQ WKH KRXVH VXSSO\ EHLQJ WKH EDWWHU\ WULFNOH FKDUJHU IRU WKH ILUH SDQHO DQG WKH ILUH IDQ FRQWURO SDQHO Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

185

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

0HWHULQJ LV WR EH JURXSHG DQG ZLWKLQ FRPPXQDO SURSHUW\ 7KH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH ZLWKLQ RQH IORRU RI WKH JURXQG OHYHO DQG PHWHULQJ VKRXOG DOO EH JURXSHG LQ RQH ORFDWLRQ QRW RQ D IORRU E\ IORRU EDVLV 3URYLGH DGHTXDWH VSDFH LQ IURQW RI WKH PHWHU SDQHO ZKHQ DQ\ KLQJHG VHFWLRQ LV RSHQ. Supply authority details

N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW IUDPH RQ VLWH N$ IRU N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU LPSHGDQFH 7KH VXSSO\ DXWKRULW\ ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW SDQHO

Point of supply: Fault Level: Special conditions:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG LQ D VHSDUDWH ULVHU

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

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

www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Site layout plan

S tre e t Si te B o undr y

R e se rve

M eeting R oo m 1

O ffic e

186

Law n & G arden Area

O ffic e

O P EN P LAN O F F IC E Lo bb y & Lift

M ain S w itc h board & M eterin g for L1 ,2,3 R is er

M eeting R oo m 2

O ffic e

2 5m G as M eter

www.standards.com.au

Earth Elec tro de

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

W ater M eter

5 00 kVA T ran s form er & o utp ut un it fram e

O ffic e

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

187

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Schematic diagram MSB 0 .5 %

1 .5 %

25 m

10 m

DB F in al S u bc irc uits

Preliminary single line diagram

ED T x F us e -m ay be prov id ed

3 50 A CB

1 00

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

1 00 A

Hous e

ED M

Lift

ED M

63 A

M ain S w itc hes

1 00

63 A

F ire S m o ke P anel Exh

T en ant G ro un d

T en ant 1 s t F loo r

T en ant 2 nd F loo r T ypic al T enan c y D B s h ow n for D B 1s t F lo or

Lights

P1 G ro un d F loor

www.standards.com.au

1st FL DB

2 nd FL DB

S oc ket O utlets

Legen d ED = Elec tric ity D is trib uto r ED S P D = Elec tric ity D is tribu tor S ervic e P ro tec tiv e D ev ic e ED M P D = Elec tric ity D is tribu tor Meter pro tec tiv e D evic e ED M = Elec tric ity D istrib utor M eter ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

188

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Review checklist:

Y Y

Y ES

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

D e si gn

R e de si g n

Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQGV IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH EDVHG RQ WKH $'0' DV HVWDEOLVKHG LQ WKH SODQQLQJ SKDVH 7HQDQF\ Â² P # 9$ P N9$ +RXVH Â² P # 9$ P N9$ 7KH VXEPDLQV WR WKH KRXVH DQG WHQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH EDVHG RQ WKH 0' HVWLPDWHV IURP 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3. Y Calculation (refer below) Y Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦$'0'â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ 9$ P â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦. Section considered

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

Diversity applied

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV +RXVH '% )LUH 3DQHO /LIW

$'0'

6XEPDLQ WR WHQDQF\ '%V

Loading associated

N9$

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

$'0' $'0' $'0'

7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV

Special characteristics/cyclical:

0D[LPXP 'HPDQG 7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DVVHVVPHQW IRU WKLV GHYHORSPHQW FDQQRW EH DFFXUDWHO\ HVWLPDWHG XVLQJ 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV DV WKH ORDG LV QRW NQRZQ DQG ZLOO YDU\ ZLWK WKH WHQDQWV ZKR RFFXS\ WKH EXLOGLQJ LQ WKH IXWXUH 7KH GHVLJQHU QHHGV WR DVFHUWDLQ WKH W\SH RI XVH RI WKH WHQDQF\ DQG PDNH HVWLPDWHV EDVHG RQ H[SHULHQFH 7KH DOORZDQFH RI LQ WKH KRXVH DQG WHQDQF\ VXEPDLQV LV WR FDWHU IRU WKH ORDG PRYHPHQW DQG GLYHUVLW\ ZLWKLQ WKH EXLOGLQJ

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

189

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design recordâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short circuit current at the origin is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective short circuit Current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper, mm2

LH PP

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

0DLQ &% 6XEPDLQ &% 6XEPDLQ &%

& & &

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

7KH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRUÂ·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www.standards.com.au

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

190

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

,Q WKLV GHVLJQ VROXWLRQ LW ZLOO EH QHFHVVDU\ WR DVVHVV WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG HDFK RI WKH VXEPDLQV 7KH YROWDJH GURS KDV EHHQ DVVHVVHG E\ DOORZLQJ a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

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ORFDWLRQV DUH ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH FRPPRQ VSDFH DW WKH OREE\ DUHD 7KH ZDWHU PDLQ DQG JDV PDLQ DUH DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH 7KH HDUWK HOHFWURGH ZLOO EH GULYHQ WR Â&#x2022; P H[WHUQDO WR WKH EXLOGLQJ

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

191

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation: The target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating factors Due to

*URXSLQJ $PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

6LQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH P 'HHS

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

192

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV Cable designation:

Vc =

The cable selected is given by the calculation:

Vc =

1000Vd FDOFXODWH DV Ï&#x2020; YROW GURS. LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 2.0 = 0.235 mv / Am EXW LQ WKLV FDVH WKH VHOHFWLRQ ZLOO EH EDVHG RQ WKH 25 Ã&#x2014; 340

ORDG FXUUHQW DQG WKH PLQLPXP FVD IRU WKH VKRUW FLUFXLW GXUDWLRQ RI V 7KH FDEOH ZKLFK VDWLVILHV WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV LV PP ;/3( 39& DQG IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 WKH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ LV $ 7KH YDOXH RI 9. LV P9 $P 7DEOH Â&#x192;& FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI DQG WKLV LV DFFHSWHG DW WKLV VWDJH RI WKH GHVLJQ 7KH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU LV WR EH QRW OHVV WKDQ KDOI WKH VL]H RI WKH SKDVH FRQGXFWRU PP DQG PP LV VHOHFWHG &ODXVH ,Q D ODUJH FRPPHUFLDO LQVWDOODWLRQ WKLUG KDUPRQLF FXUUHQWV PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG ZKHQ VHOHFWLQJ WKH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU VL]H

Unit

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

mm2

A V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

;/3( 39& ;/3( 39& SKDVH

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

1RW NQRZQ

Earth

7DEOH :5

3 (

1 $

3 (

1 $

1 $ &RPPHQW 8SVWUHDP SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH LV QRW NQRZQ

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer to Appendix B1):

Â© Standards Australia

Neutral

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

193

6XEPDLQV IRU W\SLFDO '% Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

3-Phase volt drop V

7KH FDEOH VHOHFWHG LV JLYHQ E\ WKH FDOFXODWLRQ Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 6 = 11.3mv / Am 10 Ã&#x2014; 53

Vc =

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

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nit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

Earth

39& 39&

7DEOH

39& 39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

mm2

3 ( 3 (

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer to Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

Neutral

1 $ 1 $ N$

Â© Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

194

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

7KH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV UHTXLUHG WR EH PDQXIDFWXUHG WR PHHW N$ IRU V ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFKERDUG LV H[SHFWHG WR EH D SURSULHWDU\ W\SH WHVWHG VZLWFKERDUG FRPSO\LQJ ZLWK $6 7KH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFHV RQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG PXVW EH UDWHG IRU SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQWV HTXDO WR RU H[FHHGLQJ N$ IRU V 7KH PHWHUHG VXEPDLQ FDEOHV ZLOO EH UHWLFXODWHG RQ SHUIRUDWHG FDEOH WUD\ DQG VSDFHG WR PLQLPLVH GHUDWLQJ 7KH VXEPDLQV XVHG ZLOO EH IRXU FRUH HDUWK FDEOH WR VXLW WKH ORDG

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH FRQGXLW VL]H UHTXLUHG IRU WKH PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV PD\ EH IRXQG IURP WKH FRQGXLW PDQXIDFWXUHUÂ·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV [ PP ;/3( 39& [ PP ;/3( 39& PP 39& FRQGXLW

Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B rief

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Cable selection

Has the plann in g chan ged?

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Volt drop target

mm2

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ WR '%V

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Zint

mm2

â&#x201E;Ś

3 1 3 (

Comment

195

Short circuit conductor size material

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable record Cable number from SLD

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Fault level at end

Type of cable

Cu/Al

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

6XEPDLQ IRU W\SLFDO '%

&X 6LQJOH &RUH &X &RUH

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Active mm2

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Neutral mm2

Insulation

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Earth mm2

;/3( 39&

39& 9

196 2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG N$

Switchboard designation: Fault Level:

Load

Size or capacity

%XV EDU 1HXWUDO /LQN 0DLQ &% (DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR IUDPH 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO WHQDQF\ '% 6XEPDLQ W\SLFDO KRXVH '% HDFK OHYHO

mm2 or A

Type

Fault rating kA

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

$ &X PP OXJ OLQN $ &% & PP

$6 7DEOH

$ &%

/REE\ Comment

$SSUR[ VL]H [ PP PP

$SSUR[ PP &RQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH QRW SURWHFWHG VR WKLV FRQGXFWRU PXVW PDWFK WKH QHXWUDO

197

Equipment description

Location:

Comment:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

7KH WHQDQF\ DQG KRXVH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWDU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V (DFK GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ZLOO EH ILWWHG ZLWK 5&'V IRU VRFNHW RXWOHW FLUFXLWV WR EH XVHG IRU KDQG KHOG DQG SRUWDEOH DSSOLDQFHV DQG &%V IRU RWKHU FLUFXLWV $OO GHYLFHV WR EH UDWHG DW N$ 3URYLGH D QHXWUDO OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DQG DQ HDUWKLQJ EDU XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DW HDFK '%.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

MEN Link: Equipotential bond:

Switchboard enclosure earth:

5.6.2

5.6.4 5.6.5, 5.6.5.2

PP WR ZDWHU DQG JDV PDLQ DGMDFHQW PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH PP WR PDLQ HDUWK EDU

Table 5.1 5.7.3.5

1 $

5.6.6

5.8

7KH PDLQ HDUWK LV DW D GULYHQ HOHFWURGH H[WHUQDO WR WKH EXLOGLQJ 7KH HTXLSRWHQWLDO ERQG LV WR WKH ZDWHU DQG JDV PHWHU DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH 7KH SURWHFWLYH HDUWK LV UHWLFXODWHG ZLWK WKH VXEPDLQV RULJLQDWLQJ DW WKH PDLQ HDUWKLQJ EDU DW WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG 7KLV V\VWHP DUUDQJHPHQW FRPSOLHV ZLWK &ODXVH D 7KH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH FRPSOLHV ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI &ODXVH 7KH VZLWFKERDUG HQFORVXUH HDUWK PXVW PDWFK WKH QHXWUDO LQ WKLV FDVH

www.standards.com.au

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Detached buildings: Comment:

PP GLDPHWHU P ORQJ GULYHQ ! P # ZDWHU PHWHU H[WHUQDO WR EXLOGLQJ 7R VXLW XS WR PP FDEOHV PP # 06%

Comments on earthing system:

198

Main earth bar:

AS/NZS 3000 Ref 5.5.1, Table 5.1

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing schematic diagram:

M ain Earthing Bar

Enc los ure

EP Bond to G as M ain

Earth Elec trode

199

EP Bond to W ater M ain

EP = Equipotential

Hous e DB

T o D B Earthing Bars

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

T enant S ubm ains (6)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits

2IILFH '%Â³7\SLFDO Fault duration N$

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

B ri ef

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S Has the planning changed?

Schedule of voltage drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

Desi gn

Redesi g n

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

5&' FLUFXLW EUHDNHUV DUH XVHG IRU DOO FLUFXLWV VXSSO\LQJ VRFNHW RXWOHWV $ ZKHUH SHRSOH DUH OLNHO\ WR EH XVLQJ KDQG KHOG DSSOLDQFHV LQ WKLV DSSOLFDWLRQ

200

Comments on final subcircuit selection:

YE S

Insta ll at io n

/LJKWV PP $ &% 6RFNHW RXWOHWV $ PP $ 5&' +RW ZDWHU PP $ &%

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Maximum number of points on a subcircuit and installation requirements. Lighting: Allow for actual or expected load, so for lighting estimate the average luminaire rating.

$OORZ : $ SHU SRLQW $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV $OORZ DGGLWLRQDO FLUFXLWV IRU VDIHW\ SXUSRVHV 3URYLGH D VHSDUDWH FLUFXLW IRU HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWV ZKHUH UHTXLUHG E\ WKH EXLOGLQJ FRGH

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final Subcircuits

Socket-outlets:

201

Allow for diversity on socket-outlets as they are provided for convenience. The designer must observe Clause 1.8.5 and design for the expected loads on the socket-outlets. For example, Table C2 Wiring rules allows 1000 W + 100 W per outlet for air-conditioned space and this implies 37 outlets could be connected. In offices, this is likely to be reduced to 15 outlets or less depending on the tenancy usage

&RQQHFW XS WR VRFNHW RXWOHWV EXW DSSO\ GLYHUVLW\ WR VXLW WKH ORDG 7KH GHVLJQHU PXVW WDNH FDUH ZKHQ XVLQJ 5&' EUHDNHUV LQ FRPPHUFLDO DSSOLFDWLRQV DV WKH GHYLFH OHDNDJH FXUUHQWV PD\ WULS WKH 5&' 0&' LI WKHUH DUH VLJQLILFDQW GHYLFHV FRQQHFWHG 5&' 0&' SURWHFWLRQ LV RQO\ UHTXLUHG LQ WKH FDVH ZKHQ WKHUH LV D OLNHOLKRRG RI WKH FRQQHFWLRQ RI SRUWDEOH RU KDQG KHOG GHYLFHV Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

7KH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK IRU HDFK GHGLFDWHG FLUFXLW LV WKH FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ILWWHG ZLWK D ORFN RII IDFLOLW\ The circuit rating is matched to the load.

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Â© Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

'% QRWHG LQ WDEOH DV W\SLFDO Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

Cable selected

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

â&#x201E;¦

Tenancy DB Typical

6RFNHW RXWOHWV

5&' 0&%

$LU &RQGLWLRQLQJ

/LJKWV

6RFNHW RXWOHWV

5&' 0&%

+RW ZDWHU

736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 UXQ WRXFKLQJ VXUIDFH

7 7

PP ( PP ( PP 7 PP (

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

5&'

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

7 7 7

PP ( PP ( PP (

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

5&'

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

202

/LJKWV

House DB Typical

www.standards.com.au

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable.

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

P rotec tive ED D evic e not know n

MA IN SWITCHBOA RD

Main Switchboa rd

M ain CB

350 A CB

Unm etered M ain S w itc hes

N ote 1 * 100 A

100

M ain S w itc hes

100

ED M T enants

T enant S ubm ains CBs Em ergenc y S ys tem s

Me te r Pan e l Hous e

EDM

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram:

ED-M Hous e

EDM

Hous e Servic es 63A 32

63 A

203

Lift

F ire S m oke P anel Exh Em ergenc y System s

T en ant G ro un d

T en an t 1 s t Flo or

T en an t 2 nd Floo r T ypic al T enanc y D B s how n for D B 1st Floor

Ligh ts L1

P1 G round F loor

S oc ket-outlets

2nd FL DB

Legend ED = Elec tric ity D is tributor ED SPD = Elec tric ity D istributor S ervic e Protec tive D evic e ED MPD = Elec tric ity Dis tributor Meter pro tec tive D evic e EDM = Elec tric ity D istributor M eter

HB 301—2001

* N ote 1 - T his sw itc h m ay be fitted w ith a "loc k on" fac ility as it s upplies em ergenc y s ys tem s

1st FL DB

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) B rief

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

204

Cons um ers M ains P has e

E quivalent s ourc e im pedanc e

E D Tx F us e

S P D CB

S ub Circ uit P has e

S ub M ains P has e

CB - S ub M ain

phase sm

CB - S ub c c t

Phase SC

S upply V oltage V

F ault to E arth I sc

Cons um ers M ains Neutral Z cn

earth sm

earth SC

M E N Link S ub M ains E arth

www.standards.com.au

M ain E arth

S ub Circ uit E arth

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

P ros pec tive Fault Loop Current

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B rief

Fault-loop impedance schedule

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

For example Cable designation/ Fault-loop

Device designation

Cable impedance

Ω

&0 Ω

)6&

Ω

Cable impedance

Total impedance

Result obtained in test

Ω

Section

60 WR W\SLFDO $ &% '% W\SH & 7\SLFDO '% WR $ &% $LU &RQ

205

Device impedance limit

HB 301—2001

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM ‘n’ = Submains ‘Section n’, FSC = Final subcircuit.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Installation checklist—Inspection

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Wiring systems Conductor size and material as specified Support and fixings adequate Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact Segregation from other services

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Earthing

www.standards.com.au

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

MEN Connection Earth electrode as specified Earthing conductors size and type as specified Equipotential bonding conductor Support and fixings adequate Protection against damage and inadvertent contact Creation of earthed situation that may require additional earthing

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

Y Y Y Y Y Y

206

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and Earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 M Ω

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

Integral test switch or special instrument HB 301—2001

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

207

Earth continuity Main Earth Conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

www.standards.com.au

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

HB 301—2001

208

2.5: Multi (3) storey office building

If a service protection device was considered to be at the transformer then the whole installation would not grade. This is an alternative that is required by some supply authorities.

In this design a 350 A service protective device has been installed, and a CB has been used. Fuses could also be used, and this is a commercial decision, as the cable size must increase to 300 mm2.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Comments on the design solution adopted: a)

The meter switch room location was chosen because it allows for ease of reticulation from the substation and to all of the tenancy DBs.

The cable selection and the discrimination are critical to the success of the design. In this commercial development, circuit-breakers have been used throughout. All selected devices grade throughout the electrical system through to, and including, the main circuit-breaker. Up stream of this device, the installation may not grade.

In this example, a 350 A circuit-breaker has been installed at the main switchboard, and this device may not discriminate with the Electricity Distributor’s fuses at the transformer if installed. This may be a discrimination problem, which may not be resolved unless the cable size is increased and the transformer fuse is the only protection for the consumer mains.

The 350 A circuit-breaker selected provides overload protection for the consumer mains and short-circuit protection for the downstream equipment.

There are emergency systems in the building and Clause 7.10.4.4 requires that the electrical system has discrimination. The 350 A circuit-breaker is not considered to be a main switch in accordance with C1ause 7.10.4.1(ii). In complying with Clause 7.10.4.4 in this example, it is considered that the installation commences downstream of the of the Electricity Distributor’s metering.

The earthing scheme has been selected to ensure minimum fault-loop impedances and maximum protection. The Protective earthing conductor is reticulated with the submains, and terminated at the MSB main earthing bar.

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

209

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 6 Light industrial units—Detached—Single level

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

210

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

Light industrial units—Detached single level This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service and Installation Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

211

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

B r i ef

'HVLJQ DQG LQVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D FRPPHUFLDO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ WKUHH VHSDUDWH OLJKW LQGXVWULDO EXLOGLQJV $ VLWH OD\RXW SODQ LV DWWDFKHG.

P l anni ng

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

$ VXEVWDWLRQ LV ORFDWHG RQ WKH VLWH

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU WKDW WKH EXLOGLQJ LV WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH PHWHULQJ SURYLVLRQ IRU D VLQJOH RFFXSDQW SHU EXLOGLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ 6WRUDJH ZDWHU KHDWHU RI N: RQH SHU EXLOGLQJ Â² QRW RII SHDN â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH EXLOGLQJ XVH LV FRPPHUFLDO OLJKW LQGXVWULDO VSDFH QRW UHWDLO RU GLVSOD\ DQG W\SLFDO XVDJH LV MRLQHU\ WLPEHU PHUFKDQW VKHHW PHWDO IDEULFDWLRQ SDQHO EHDWLQJ VSUD\ SDLQWLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ (PHUJHQF\ V\VWHPV UHTXLUHG XQGHU WKH %XLOGLQJ &RGH LQFOXGH HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH H[WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ DQG SRZHU DUH WR EH PHWHUHG DV D Â´KRXVH VHUYLFHÂµ â&#x20AC;¢ WHQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH WR EH SURYLGHG DW HDFK EXLOGLQJ DQG ILQDO VXEFLUFXLW OHQJWKV DUH WR EH OHVV WKHQ P â&#x20AC;¢ 7KHUH LV QR DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ DQG QR YHQWLODWLRQ RWKHU WKDQ WKDW LQVWDOOHG E\ WKH WHQDQW DV SDUW RI WKHLU SURGXFWLRQ IDFLOLWLHV

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

212

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Assumptions made:

B r ie f

5HIHU WR 6HFWLRQ DQG XVH $'0' PHWKRG IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV RI 9$ P IRU OLJKW LQGXVWULDO VSDFH EDVHG RQ /LJKWV Â² 9$ 3RZHU 9$

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

$ FDOFXODWLRQ RI PD[LPXP GHPDQG FDQ EH PDGH IRU LQGLYLGXDO WHQDQFLHV DV EHORZ ZLWK DVVXPSWLRQV QRWHG

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3.

Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Calculation (refer below) Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦$'0'â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ 9$ P â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦. If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C &ROXPQ Section considered

Load description

/LJKW ,QGXVWULDO VSDFH Â² /LJKW Â² 9$ P SKDVH JLYHQ 8QLWV P SKDVH 6RFNHW RXWOHWV Â² SHU P +RW ZDWHU 0RWRUV +RXVH 6HUYLFHV SKDVH

Loading associated W

Maximum demand A

% L

* '

6XE 7RWDO

6XE 7RWDO Special characteristics/cyclical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Â© Standards Australia

([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ

Load group

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

213

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

0HWHULQJ LV WR EH JURXSHG DQG ZLWKLQ FRPPXQDO SURSHUW\ 7KH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV WR EH ZLWKLQ RQH IORRU RI WKH JURXQG OHYHO DQG PHWHULQJ VKRXOG DOO EH JURXSHG LQ RQH ORFDWLRQ 3URYLGH DGHTXDWH VSDFH LQ IURQW RI WKH PHWHU SDQHO ZKHQ DQ\ KLQJHG VHFWLRQ LV RSHQ Supply authority details

Point of supply: Fault level: Special conditions:

N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW IUDPH RQ VLWH N$ IRU N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU LPSHGDQFH 7KH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRU ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW SDQHO LQ WKLV H[DPSOH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning Constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG LQ D VHSDUDWH ULVHU

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

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

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Site layout plan S treet S ite Bou n dry

Res erve

P arking

D riv e way

214

D is trib utor's LV Un dergro und Cable

S D B 3-1

S D B 2-1

S D B 1-1

Un it 1

Un it 2

Un it 3

50 0 m 2

10 00 m 2

M DB2

M DB3

(10m ) (40 m ) 35 m www.standards.com.au

N 50 0 kVA T ran sform er & ou tput unit fram e

W ater M eter

EP Bond

Earth Elec tro de M ain S w itc hbo ard & M etering Panel

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

M DB1

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

215

HB 301—2001

Schematic diagram MSB

D B3

D B3-1

1.4%

0.6% 2% F inal S ubc irc uits

Preliminary single line diagram

S u b s t a t io n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

ED T ra n s fo rm e r p ro t e c t io n if re q u ire d

M a in S w it c h b o a rd

160 A 63

M e te r Pan el

E D -M U n it 1

100

E D -M U n it 2

E D -M U n it 3

E D -M H ouse

Lighting

www.standards.com.au

DB 1

DB 2

D B 1 -1

D B 2 -1

DB 3

D B 3 -1

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

216

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Review checklist:

Y Y

Y ES

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

D e si gn

R e de si g n

Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQGV IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH EDVHG RQ WKH $'0' DV HVWDEOLVKHG LQ WKH SODQQLQJ SKDVH DQ WKHQ EURDG DVVHVVPHQW RI WKH VXEPDLQV EDVHG RQ WKH DVVXPSWLRQV PDGH LQ WKH SODQQLQJ SKDVH DQG JLYHV FRQVXPHUV PDLQV ZLWK PD[LPXP GHPDQG $ 7KH VXEPDLQV WR WKH KRXVH DQG WHQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH EDVHG RQ WKH PD[LPXP GHPDQG HVWLPDWHV IURP WKH SODQQLQJ SKDVH Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3.

Y Y Y Y

Calculation (refer below) Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ $'0' of 9$ P â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.

Section considered

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ WR WHQDQF\ '%V 6XEPDLQ WR WHQDQF\ '%

Diversity applied

Loading associated

$'0' N$ $'0' 7DEOH & $'0' 7DEOH &

Allowance Maximum for future demand

Special characteristics/cyclical: Maximum demand 7KH PD[LPXP

GHPDQG DVVHVVPHQW IRU WKLV GHYHORSPHQW FDQQRW EH DFFXUDWHO\ HVWLPDWHG XVLQJ 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV DV WKH ORDG LV QRW NQRZQ DQG ZLOO YDU\ ZLWK WKH WHQDQWV ZKR RFFXS\ WKH EXLOGLQJ LQ WKH IXWXUH 7KH GHVLJQHU QHHGV WR DVFHUWDLQ WKH W\SH RI XVH RI WKH WHQDQF\ DQG PDNH HVWLPDWHV EDVHG RQ H[SHULHQFH 7KH DOORZDQFH LQ WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG WHQDQF\ VXEPDLQV LV WR FDWHU IRU ORDG JURZWK DQG GLYHUVLW\ ZLWKLQ WKH EXLOGLQJV.

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

217

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design recordâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short circuit current at the origin is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective short-circuit current, Isc A

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper, mm2

LH PP

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

7[ )XVH 0DLQ &%

+5& Â² &

6XEPDLQ &% 6XEPDLQ &%

& &

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

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

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

218

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

,Q WKLV GHVLJQ VROXWLRQ LW ZLOO EH QHFHVVDU\ WR DVVHVV WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG HDFK RI WKH VXEPDLQV 7KH YROWDJH GURS KDV EHHQ DVVHVVHG E\ DOORZLQJ a IRU WKH ILQDO VXEFLUFXLWV DQG WKHQ GLVWULEXWLQJ WKH YROWDJH GURS DFURVV WKH PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV DFFRUGLQJ WR OHQJWK 7KLV DVVHVVPHQW LV SURMHFW VSHFLILF DQG ZLOO YDU\ DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ 7KH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV ZLOO EH LQVWDOOHG LQ FRQGXLW DW P GHHS DV UHTXLUHG E\ WKH 6HUYLFH 5XOHV 7KH VXEPDLQV IURP WKH 06% ZLOO EH LQVWDOOHG LQ FRQGXLW DW P GHHS

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH VXEPDLQ FDEOHV ZLWKLQ WKH EXLOGLQJV VKDOO EH LQVWDOOHG RQ FDEOH WUD\ DQG VSDFHG WR PLQLPLVH GHUDWLQJ 7KH FDEOH OHQJWKV XVHG LQFOXGH IRU YHUWLFDO DQG KRUL]RQWDO FRPSRQHQWV DQG WHUPLQDWLRQV 7KH ZDWHU PDLQ DQG JDV PDLQ DUH DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH 7KH HDUWK HOHFWURGH ZLOO EH GULYHQ WR â&#x2030;¥ P H[WHUQDO WR WKH EXLOGLQJ

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

219

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable Designation: The target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating Factors Due to

*URXSLQJ $PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

6LQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH P 'HHS

RU RU

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

220

Cable Designation:

&RQVXPHUV 0DLQV Vc =

The cable selected is given by the calculation:

Vc =

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

1000Vd FDOFXODWH DV Ï&#x2020; YROW GURS. LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 4 = 8.33mv / Am ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VHOHFWLRQ ZLOO EH EDVHG RQ WKH 40 Ã&#x2014; 120

SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI WKH FDEOH DQG WKH PLQLPXP VL]H FDEOH ZKLFK PD\ EH XVHG LV PP 7KH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI WKH FDEOH LV JLYHQ LQ 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ IRU ;/3( 39& FDEOH 7KH YDOXH RI 9. LV P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 Â&#x192;& FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU LV WR EH QRW OHVV WKDQ $ VR PP LV VHOHFWHG &ODXVH *LYHQ WKLV UHVXOW D $ IDXOW UDWHG &% ZLOO EH LQVWDOOHG DW WKH 06% DQG WKLV &% ZLOO JUDGH ZLWK WKH GRZQVWUHDP SURWHFWLRQ GHYLFHV DQG WKH XSVWUHDP WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW IXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

A V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

;/3( 39& SKDVH

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

mm2

Earth

;/3( 39&

3 ( 1 $ 3 (

1 $

Â² $ IXVH <HV &RPPHQW 7KH WUDQVIRUPHU /9 IXVH GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW 1R â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Neutral

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

221

6XEPDLQV IRU '% 8QLW Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 5.6 = 1.6mv / Am 35 Ã&#x2014; 100

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

PP ZLWK 9. RI P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 7KH FDEOH ZKLFK VDWLVILHV WKH ORDG DQG FDQ EH SURWHFWHG E\ WKH QHDUHVW VL]H &% $ LV PP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 JLYHQ DV $ 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 ,W FDQ EH FDOFXODWHG IURP WKLV HTXDWLRQ WKDW WKH VXEPDLQ FDEOH IRU 8QLW LV PP UDWHG DW $ LQ FRQGXLW XQLW DQG $ IRU XQLW DQG $ &%V FDQ EH XVHG IRU WKHVH VXEPDLQV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit

Phase

Neutral

Earth

39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

â&#x201E;¦

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

<HV 1R

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

Comment: 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW

Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault loop-impedance of this circuit

mm2

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

3 (

1 $

$ $ D

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

222

Cable designation The Target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV IRU '% 8QLW WR 6XE '% Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

3-Phase volt drop V

P 1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 2.4 = 1.6mv / Am 30 Ã&#x2014; 50

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

PP ZLWK 9. RI P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 IRU PXOWLFRUH FDEOHV 7KH FDEOH UDWLQJ LV $ IRU PP PXOWLFRUH 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 ,W FDQ EH FDOFXODWHG IURP WKLV HTXDWLRQ WKDW D PP IRXU FRUH HDUWK FDEOH ZLOO EH VDWLVIDFWRU\ IRU WKH VXEPDLQ URXWH OHQJWKV ZLWKLQ XQLWV IRU ORDGV $ DQG FDQ EH SURWHFWHG E\ D $ &% ZKLFK ZLOO JUDGH ZLWK WKH $ VXE PDLQ &%

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit

Phase

Neutral

Earth

39& 39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

<HV 1R

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

Comment: 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW

Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit

mm2

1 $

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short circuit-current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

3 ( 3 (

2Q WUD\ 2Q WUD\ N$

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

223

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

7KH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG LV UHTXLUHG WR EH PDQXIDFWXUHG WR PHHW N$ IRU V ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFKERDUG LV QRW H[SHFWHG WR EH D PDQXIDFWXUHG W\SH WHVWHG VZLWFKERDUG FRPSO\LQJ ZLWK $6 7KH $ IXVH ZLOO RSHUDWH LQ V IRU D IDXOW RI N$ 7KH SURWHFWLYH GHYLFHV RQ WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG PXVW EH UDWHG IRU SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQWV HTXDO WR RU H[FHHGLQJ N$ IRU V

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH FDEOH WR EH XVHG LV VKRZQ DV ;/3( 39& FDEOH LQ WKLV H[DPSOH EHFDXVH LQ VRPH DUHDV WKH 6HUYLFH 5XOHV UHTXLUH ;/3( 39& FDEOH IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV 7KHUH ZLOO EH QR RWKHU LPSDFW WR WKH LQVWDOODWLRQ RI XVLQJ ;/3( 39& FDEOH LQ WKLV H[DPSOH 7KH VXSSO\ LV GLUHFW IURP WKH VXEVWDWLRQ RQ WKH FXVWRPHUV SURSHUW\ EXW LQ WKLV FDVH LW LV DVVXPHG WKDW WKH (OHFWULFLW\ 'LVWULEXWRUÂ·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Â·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV [ PP ;3/( 39& [ PP ;3/( 39& PP 39& FRQGXLW

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B rief

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Cable selection

Has the plann in g chan ged?

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable designation

Shortcircuit conductor size

Volt drop target

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Comment 224

Fault level at origin

Zint mm2

mm2

â&#x201E;Ś

3 1 3 ( 3 (

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ WR XQLW '% WR '%

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable record Cable number from SLD

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Fault level at end

Type of cable

Cu/Al

6XEPDLQ WR '%

6XEPDLQ '% WR '%

&X VLQJOH FRUH &X VLQJOH FRUH &X FRUH

Crosssectional area – Neutral mm2

Insulation

Crosssectional area – Earth mm2

;/3( 39&

39& 9

39& 39& 9

225

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

Crosssectional area – Active mm2

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

HB 301—2001

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG N$

Switchboard designation: Fault Level: Equipment description

Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

Location:

Type

Fault rating

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

$ &%

%XV EDU 1HXWUDO /LQN

$ PP

&X OLQN

Comment

7KLV LV DOVR DQ XQPHWHUHG PDLQ VZLWFK DQG LPSRVHV OLPLWDWLRQ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK &ODXVH $SSUR[ VL]H [ PP PP

$SSUR[ PP

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

www.standards.com.au

(DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR PP 7DEOH IUDPH 6XEPDLQ '% $ &% & 6XEPDLQ '% $ &% & ([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ $ &% & Comment: 7KH WHQDQF\ DQG KRXVH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWDU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V (DFK GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ZLOO EH ILWWHG ZLWK 5&'V IRU VRFNHW RXWOHW FLUFXLWV XVHG IRU KDQG KHOG RU SRUWDEOH HTXLSPHQW DQG &%V IRU RWKHU FLUFXLWV $OO GHYLFHV WR EH UDWHG DW N$ 3URYLGH D QHXWUDO OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DQG DQ HDUWK OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DW HDFK '%

226

0DLQ &%

$W UHDU 8QLW

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

MEN Link: Equipotential bond:

Switchboard enclosure earth: Detached buildings: Comment:

5.5.1, Table 5.1

PP GLDPHWHU P 5.6.2 ORQJ GULYHQ ! P # ZDWHU PHWHU H[WHUQDO WR EXLOGLQJ 7R VXLW XS WR PP FDEOHV

PP # 06%

PP WR ZDWHU DQG JDV PDLQ DGMDFHQW PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH PP WR PDLQ HDUWK EDU (DUWK IURP 06%

5.6.4

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2 5.8

Comments on earthing system:

7KH PDLQ HDUWK LV DW D GULYHQ HOHFWURGH H[WHUQDO WR WKH EXLOGLQJ 7KH HTXLSRWHQWLDO ERQG LV WR WKH ZDWHU DQG JDV PHWHU DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH 7KH SURWHFWLYH HDUWK LV UHWLFXODWHG ZLWK WKH VXE PDLQV RULJLQDWLQJ DW WKH PDLQ HDUWK OLQN DW WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG 7KLV V\VWHP DUUDQJHPHQW FRPSOLHV ZLWK &ODXVH D 7KH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH FRPSOLHV ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI &ODXVH

227

Main earth bar:

AS/NZS 3000 Ref

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Table 5.1 5.6.6

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Earthing schematic diagram: M ain N eutral Link

M ain Earthing Bar M EN Link

EP Bond G as M ain

Earth ing Bar

D B1

D B2

228

EP Bond W ater M ain

D B2 Earth Elec tr ode

D B1- 1

D B2- 1

D B3- 1

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

Earth ing Bar

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7HQDQF\ '%Â³7\SLFDO Fault duration N$

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

B ri ef

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S Has the planning changed?

Schedule of voltage drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

Desi gn

Redesi g n

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits

Insta ll at io n

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

229

Comments on final subcircuit selection:

5&' FLUFXLW EUHDNHUV DUH XVHG IRU DOO FLUFXLWV VXSSO\LQJ VRFNHW RXWOHWV ZKHUH SHRSOH DUH OLNHO\ WR EH XVLQJ KDQG KHOG RU SRUWDEOH DSSOLDQFHV /LJKWV PP $ &% 6RFNHW RXWOHWV PP $ 5&' +RW ZDWHU PP $ &%

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final Subcircuits Maximum number of points on a subcircuit and installation requirements. Lighting: Allow for actual or expected load, so for lighting estimate the average luminaire rating.

$OORZ : ORZ ED\ OLJKWV $ LQFOXGLQJ VWDUWLQJ FLUFXLW SHU SRLQW $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV $OORZ DGGLWLRQDO FLUFXLWV IRU VDIHW\ SXUSRVHV 3URYLGH D VHSDUDWH FLUFXLW IRU HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWV ZKHUH UHTXLUHG E\ WKH EXLOGLQJ FRGH Socket-outlets:

230

Allow for diversity on socket-outlets as they are provided for convenience. The designer must observe Clause 1.8.5 and design for the expected loads on the socket-outlets. For example, Table C2 Wiring rules allows 1000 W + 750 W per outlet for non air-conditioned space and this implies 5 outlets could be connected.

&RQQHFW XS WR VRFNHW RXWOHWV EXW DSSO\ GLYHUVLW\ WR VXLW WKH ORDG

The circuit rating is matched to the load www.standards.com.au

7KH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK IRU HDFK GHGLFDWHG FLUFXLW LV WKH FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DW WKH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ILWWHG ZLWK ORFN RII IDFLOLW\ ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI PDFKLQHU\ ZKHUH WKH LVRODWLRQ VZLWFK LV WR EH ORFDWHG DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDFKLQH

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

7HQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ VZLWFKERDUGÂ³7\SLFDO H[DPSOH LV DW '% Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

6RFNHW RXWOHWV

5&'

+RW ZDWHU

+RXVH VHUYLFHV DW 06% ([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ

736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 UXQ WRXFKLQJ VXUIDFH

39& FDEOH LQ FRQGXLW DW P

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream â&#x201E;¦

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

PP ( PP ( PP 7 PP (

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

5&'

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

[ PP (

<HV

5&'

7 7

231

/LJKWV

Cable selected

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable.

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram:

S u b s t a tio n M a in Circ u it b re a ke r ED -M M e te rs

U n m e te re d S u b m a in C irc u it-b re a ke rs 40 0 A M a in Circ u itb re a ke r U n m e te re d S u b m a in C irc u itb re a ke rs

16 0 A

Main S witchboard

1 00

40 House DB

S u b m a in S w it c h e s

232

ED M

Meter P anel

ED M

Hou s e

S u b m a in S w it c h e s

63 A

10 0 A

63 A D B2

D B1

63 A

Lig hts

D B1 -1

63 A

D B2 -1

63 A

D B3 -1

N o t e : 1 M a in S w it c h e s s h o w n o n m a in D B S fo r s a fe t y in in d u s t ria l e n v iro n m e n t. 2. P o w e r c irc u it s s u p p ly in g s o c k e t-o u tle ts fo r h a n d h e ld e q u ip m e n t to b e R C D p ro te c te d .

www.standards.com.au

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

32 A

16 A

D B3

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B rief

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

233

E quivalent sourc e im pedanc e

Consum ers M ains P has e

Tx Fus e

M ain CB

S ub M ains P has e

CB - S ub M ain

phase sm

S ub Circ uit Phas e

S ub M ains P has e

CB - S ub M ain Z

phase sm

CB - S ub c c t

Phase SC

S upply V oltage V

Fault to E arth I sc

Consum ers M ains Neutral Z

Z cn

earth sm

phase sm

earth SC

P ros pec tive Fault Loop Current M E N Link Sub M ains Earth

Sub M ains Earth

S ub Circ uit Earth

HB 301—2001

M ain Earth

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) B rief

Fault-loop impedance schedule

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

For example Device designation

Device impedance limit

Cable impedance

Ω

&0 Ω

)6&

Ω

Cable impedance

Total impedance

Result obtained in test

Ω

234

Cable designation/ Fault loop Section

60 WR '% $ &% W\SH & 7\SLFDO '% WR $ &% PDFKLQHU\

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

www.standards.com.au

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM ‘n’ = Submains ‘Section n’, FSC = Final subcircuit.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Wiring systems

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

235

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

www.standards.com.au

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

HB 301—2001

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 M Ω

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule Integral test switch or special instrument

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

www.standards.com.au

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

236

Earth continuity Main earth conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

2.6: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Detached

237

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

If the consumers mains protective device was rated at the load of 125 A then the protection for the whole installation would not grade, as the downstream submain circuit-breakers are 100 A.

A set of fuses could have been used for the consumers mains, but the cable size would have to increase to 70 mm2, as the standard fuse size of 160 A cannot protect a 50 mm2 cable in conduit, and this is a commercial decision.

Typical 100 A service fuses have not been used in the example.

It has been assumed that the main switchboard would be a manufactured switchboard complying with AS/NZS 3439. As an alternative, the switchboard could be manufactured on site using partially type tested assembly components AS/NZS 4388.

An MEN could have been formed in each of the separate outbuildings, and this alternative was not used because the length of the submains is short, and the buildings are grouped close together. The decision is a commercial one, and the option is available to the designer.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Comments on the design solution adopted: a)

The meter switchboard location was chosen because it allows for ease of reticulation from the substation and to all of the tenancy DBs.

The cable selection and the discrimination are critical to the success of the design. In this development, circuit-breakers have been used throughout.

In this example, a 160 A CB has been installed at the main switchboard, and this device can grade against the transformer fuse of 400 A. The 160 A CB provides overload protection and limitation for the consumers mains, and the 400 A supply authority fuse provides short circuit protection for the consumers mains, as the fault level at the MSB allows automatic disconnection in less than 0.1 s.

All selected devices grade throughout the electrical system.

The earthing scheme has been selected to ensure minimum fault-loop impedances and maximum protection. The protective earthing conductor is reticulated with the submains, and terminated at the MSB main earthing bar.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

238

2.6: Light industrial units—Detached

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

NOTES

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

239

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 7 Light industrial units—Grouped

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

(A solution complying with AS/NZS 3000)

www.standards.com.au

HB 301—2001

240

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

Light industrial units—Grouped This section of the document contains a solution which complies with the Wiring rules. This is not intended to be prescriptive, as there are many possible solutions which comply with the Wiring rules.The worked solution follows the process as shown in the flow chart below, and is based on the completion of a pro forma type design and installation record. The comments shown as D GLIIHUHQW W\SH IDFH depict the typical comments and notes made by the designer in completing the pro forma document. Where the worked solution refers to Section 1, this refers to the previous section of this handbook, and technical detail which has been presented in Section 1 is not repeated in the worked solutions. It is not the intention of this handbook to address the different solutions which may be permitted by the Service and Installation Rules of the Electricity Distributors, and the designer must refer to those requirements at all times to develop complete solutions. In particular, the point of supply, consumers mains, and metering locations, and metering requirements differ beween the Service and Installation Rules of each region. Metering, metering protective devices, and service protective devices have been shown in this document in a generic sense, and have been included only where relevant to illustrate the design approach.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

At the completion of this design solution, there is a section which provides comments on the design solution and alternatives which were considered.

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

YE S

Has the planning changed?

D esi g n

R ede si g n

Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

YE S

In s t al l at i o n

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Te s t i n g & Ve r i fi c a t i o n

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

241

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

B r i ef

'HVLJQ DQG LQVWDOO WKH HOHFWULFDO VHUYLFHV IRU D FRPPHUFLDO GHYHORSPHQW FRPSULVLQJ WZR VHSDUDWH OLJKW LQGXVWULDO EXLOGLQJV â&#x20AC;¢ %XLOGLQJ FRQWDLQV VKRZURRPV RI P HDFK WRWDO P â&#x20AC;¢ %XLOGLQJ FRQWDLQV OLJKW LQGXVWULDO XQLWV RI P HDFK WRWDO P $ VLWH OD\RXW SODQ LV DWWDFKHG

P l anni ng

R e vi ew the pl a nni ng

YES

Has th e pl an ni n g c h an ge d?

D e si g n

R e desi g n

Is the i ns tal lati on th e s ame as the de s i g n?

YES

Ins tal l ati o n

Tes ti ng & V eri fi c ati o n

Briefing checklist

1LO WKH ORDG KDV EHHQ FODULILHG DV EHORZ

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

$ VXEVWDWLRQ LV ORFDWHG RQ WKH VLWH

/RFDWLRQ RI VLWH VHUYLFHV WR EH FRQILUPHG ZDWHU JDV PDLQ PHWHU VHZHU DQG VWRUP ZDWHU PDLQ UHWLFXODWLRQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Details to be provided before planning commences

Assumptions and clarifications:

&ODULILHG WKH IROORZLQJ ZLWK WKH GHYHORSHU WKH EXLOGLQJ LV WR LQFOXGH â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH PHWHULQJ SURYLVLRQ IRU D VLQJOH WHQDQW SHU XQLW DQG VKRZURRP â&#x20AC;¢ 6WRUDJH ZDWHU KHDWHU RI N: RQH SHU WHQDQF\ Â² QRW RII SHDN â&#x20AC;¢ %XLOGLQJ XVH LV FRPPHUFLDO OLJKW LQGXVWULDO VSDFH QRW UHWDLO RU GLVSOD\ DQG W\SLFDO XVDJH LV MRLQHU\ WLPEHU PHUFKDQW VKHHW PHWDO IDEULFDWLRQ SDQHO EHDWLQJ VSUD\ SDLQWLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ %XLOGLQJ XVDJH LV VKRZURRPV IRU OLJKWLQJ VRIW IXUQLVKLQJV IXUQLWXUH â&#x20AC;¢ (PHUJHQF\ 6\VWHPV UHTXLUHG XQGHU WKH %XLOGLQJ &RGH LQFOXGHV HPHUJHQF\ DQG H[LW OLJKWLQJ â&#x20AC;¢ 7KH H[WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ LV WR EH PHWHUHG DV D Â´KRXVH VHUYLFHÂµ â&#x20AC;¢ 7HQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV DUH WR EH SURYLGHG DW HDFK XQLW DQG ILQDO VXEFLUFXLW OHQJWKV DUH WR EH OHVV WKHQ P â&#x20AC;¢ 7KHUH LV QR DLU FRQGLWLRQLQJ DQG QR YHQWLODWLRQ RWKHU WKDQ WKDW LQVWDOOHG E\ WKH WHQDQW DV SDUW RI WKHLU SURGXFWLRQ IDFLOLWLHV

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

242

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

$VVXPSWLRQV PDGH 8VH $'0' PHWKRG VHH 6HFWLRQ

IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV RI 9$ P IRU OLJKW LQGXVWULDO VSDFH EDVHG RQ /LJKWV Â² YD 3RZHU 9$ 8QLWV N9$ HDFK )RU WKH VKRZURRPV XVH 9$ P DOORZLQJ 9$ P IRU OLJKWLQJ Â² N9$ HDFK 6LWH $'0' N9$

B r ie f

P la nning

R e vi ew th e p l a n n i n g

Y ES

Ha s the pla nning c hang e d?

D e sig n

R e d es i g n

Is the ins ta lla tio n t he sa me a s the des ig n?

Y ES

I n s ta l l at i o n

T e s ti n g & V er i fi c a ti o n

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3 Y Calculation (refer below) Y Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦$'0'â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Y Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦. If calculation, then referring to Table & of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C &ROXPQ

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Section considered

Load description

/LJKW LQGXVWULDO VSDFH Â² /LJKW Â² 9$ P SKDVH 8QLWV Â² P SKDVH 6RFNHW RXWOHWV Â² SHU P +RW ZDWHU 0RWRUV 6KRZURRP P HDFK

+RXVH VHUYLFHV

/LJKWÂ² 9$ P 6RFNHW RXWOHWV Â² SHU P +RW ZDWHU

Loading associated W

% L

Maximum demand A

* 1R GLYHUVLW\ 6XE 7RWDO $ % L

)

6XE 7RWDO

([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ

Load group

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

243

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

Point of supply: Fault level: Special conditions:

N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW IUDPH RQ VLWH N$ IRU N9$ WUDQVIRUPHU LPSHGDQFH 7KH VXSSO\ XWLOLW\ ZLOO FRQQHFW WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV WR WKH WUDQVIRUPHU RXWSXW SDQHO 7KH IDXOW GXUDWLRQ IRU VKRUW FLUFXLW FDOFXODWLRQ LV WR EH WDNHQ DV V

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

&ODXVH UHTXLUHV D PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG RQ WKH VLWH &ODXVH SUHVFULEHV VZLWFKERDUG ORFDWLRQV 6HZHU PDLQ DQG VWRUP ZDWHU DUH UHWLFXODWHG RQ WKH VRXWKHUQ ERXQGDU\

Solution adopted: â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢ â&#x20AC;¢

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

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Site layout plan

S ite B ou n dry

D is tributo r's LV Undergro und Cable D B1-1

Road

Sh ow room 1 (3 00 m 2 eac h)

Fac tory Unit 1 (1 000 m 2 )

(5 0m )

244

Law n & G ard en Area

(4 0 m )

Sh ow room 3

Property Bo undary

Sh ow room 4

D B1 D B2-1

(6 0 m ) Fac tory Unit 2 (1 000 m 2 )

Sh ow rro m 5

www.standards.com.au

Road

D B2

Reserve 500 kVA T rans form er & output u nit fram e

(6 0 m )

M etering Lo c ation

M ain Sw itc hb oard

(2 0 m )

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

Cable T ray c arrying s ub m ains

Sh ow room 2

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

245

HB 301—2001

Schematic diagram S ho w roo m D B1

(50 m ) 0.05 %

D B1 (60 m )

1.1 %

(40 m )

1.1 %

0.75 %

M eterin g DB

MSB

D B1 -1

(60 m )

F inal S ub c irc uits 2 %

Preliminary single line diagram

ED T x F u s e n o t in s t a lle d in t h is e xa m p le

160 A

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

M SB

M e te r Pa n e l D B

63 A

40 A

ED M

40 A

ED M

S h o w ro o m D Bs

House In d u s t ria l D Bs 32 A

www.standards.com.au

Le g e n d ED = Ele c t ric it y D is t rib u t o r ED S P D = Ele c t ric it y D is t rib u t o r S e rv ic e P ro t e c t iv e D e v ic e ED M P D = Ele c t ric it y D is t rib u t o r M e t e r p ro t e c t iv e D e v ic e ED M = Ele c t ric it y D is t rib u t o r M e t e r

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

246

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B r ie f

P l a nn in g

R e v i e w th e p l a n n i n g

Review checklist:

Y Y

Y ES

Has the plann ing ch ang ed?

Maximum demand checked against planning. Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning.

D e si gn

R e de si g n

Is the ins tal lati on the same as the de s ign ?

Y ES

In s t a l l a ti o n

T e s ti n g & V e r i fi c a t i o n

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

,Q WKLV FDVH WKH GHVLJQ ZLOO EH EDVHG RQ D PD[LPXP GHPDQG RI $ SKDVH IRU XQLWV DQG $ SKDVH IRU WKH VKRZURRPV 7KH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DUH H[SHFWHG WR KDYH PRUH GLYHUVLW\ DQG WKH $'0' LQGLFDWHV D ORDG RI N9$ %DVHG RQ WKH $'0' DQG H[SHULHQFH D PD[LPXP GHPDQG RI $ SKDVH LV XVHG IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV 7KLV DOORZV IRU SUHVHQW DQG IXWXUH XVH RI WKH EXLOGLQJV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3.

Y Y Y Y

Calculation (refer below) Assessment using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦$'0'â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Measurement using â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦ Limitation on the basis of â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦â&#x20AC;¦.

Section considered

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

Diversity applied

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

$'0'

6XEPDLQ WR LQGXVWULDO WHQDQF\ '%V 6XEPDLQ WR VKRZURRP WHQDQF\ '%V

Loading associated

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

N9$

7DEOH & $'0'

7DEOH &

Special characteristics/cyclical: Maximum demand:

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQG DVVHVVPHQW IRU WKLV GHYHORSPHQW FDQQRW EH DFFXUDWHO\ HVWLPDWHG XVLQJ 7DEOH & :LULQJ UXOHV DV WKH ORDG LV QRW NQRZQ DQG ZLOO YDU\ ZLWK WKH WHQDQWV ZKR RFFXS\ WKH EXLOGLQJ LQ WKH IXWXUH Â© Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

247

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

Design recordâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The prospective short-circuit current at the origin is:

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

â&#x201E;¦

The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

YES

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Prospective short-circuit current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper, mm2

LH PP

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

0DLQ &% 6XEPDLQ &% 6XEPDLQ &%

& & &

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device

â&#x201E;¦

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected: The supply is direct from the substation on the customers property but the service is not 7KH VXSSO\ LV GLUHFW IURP RQ WKH FXVWRPHUV SURSHUW\device EXW WKH protected by the LV panel fuse.WKH TheVXEVWDWLRQ customer must install a service protective at the VHUYLFH LV QRW SURWHFWHG E\ WKH /9 SDQHO IXVH 7KH FXVWRPHU PXVW LQVWDOO D main switchb

SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH DW WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV

7KH PD[LPXP GHPDQG LV $ DQG WKH PLQLPXP VWDQGDUG IXVH WKDW FDQ FDWHU IRU WKLV FRQWLQXRXV ORDG LV $ 7KH PLQLPXP FDEOH FXUUHQW FDUU\LQJ FDSDFLW\ WR EH SURWHFWHG E\ WKLV IXVH LV $ 6HH 6HFWLRQ $ $ &% LV VHOHFWHG IRU WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV SURWHFWLYH GHYLFH $Q DXWRPDWLF GLVFRQQHFWLRQ WLPH RI V PD\ EH XVHG IRU FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV KRZHYHU WKH GHVLJQHU PXVW UHIHU WR WKH PDQXIDFWXUHUV FDWDORJXHV IRU WKH FKDUDFWHULVWLFV RI WKH GHYLFHV VHOHFWHG VHH 6HFWLRQ

www.standards.com.au

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

248

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable selection commentary:

,Q WKLV GHVLJQ VROXWLRQ LW ZLOO EH QHFHVVDU\ WR DVVHVV WKH FRQVXPHUV PDLQV DQG HDFK RI WKH VXEPDLQV 7KH ZRUVW FDVH IRU YROWDJH GURS DQG IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH LV '% LQ LQGXVWULDO XQLW 7KH YROWDJH GURS KDV EHHQ DVVHVVHG E\ DOORZLQJ a IRU WKH ILQDO VXEFLUFXLWV DQG WKHQ GLVWULEXWLQJ WKH YROWDJH GURS DFURVV WKH PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV DFFRUGLQJ WR OHQJWK 7KLV DVVHVVPHQW LV SURMHFW VSHFLILF DQG ZLOO YDU\ DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ 7KH FRQVXPHU PDLQV ZLOO EH LQVWDOOHG LQ FRQGXLW DW P GHHS DV UHTXLUHG E\ WKH VHUYLFH UXOHV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH VXEPDLQV IURP WKH 06% WR WKH PHWHULQJ ORFDWLRQ DQG IURP WKH PHWHULQJ ORFDWLRQ WR EXLOGLQJ ZLOO EH LQVWDOOHG LQ FRQGXLW DW P GHHS 7KH VXEPDLQ FDEOHV ZLWKLQ WKH EXLOGLQJV VKDOO EH LQVWDOOHG RQ FDEOH WUD\ DQG VSDFHG WR PLQLPLVH GHUDWLQJ 7KH FDEOH OHQJWKV XVHG LQFOXGH IRU YHUWLFDO DQG KRUL]RQWDO FRPSRQHQWV DQG WHUPLQDWLRQV 7KH ZDWHU PDLQ DQG JDV PDLQ DUH DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH 7KH HDUWK HOHFWURGH ZLOO EH GULYHQ WR â&#x2030;¥ P H[WHUQDO WR WKH EXLOGLQJ

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

249

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation: The target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

B ri ef

P l an n i n g

R evi ew th e p l a nn i n g

YES

Has the planning c hang ed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and submains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

D es i gn

R ed esi gn

Is the ins tallatio n the same as the desig n?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

The cable route length is:

I ns tal l ati o n

T est i n g & V er i fi c ati o n

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Record of cable current rating and derating factors Cable designation

Maximum demand

&RQVXPHU PDLQV

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

+' 39& FRQGXLW P 'HHS

Derating factors Due to

*URXSLQJ $PELHQW Â°&

6RLO Â°&

'HSWK RI OD\LQJ

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity

6LQJOH FLUFXLW LQ FRQGXLW $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH $XVWUDOLD &ODXVH P 'HHS

The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

ÂŠ Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

250

Cable designation:

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV

The cable selected is given by the calculation:

Vc =

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Vc =

1000Vd FDOFXODWH DV Ï&#x2020; YROW GURS. LÃ&#x2014;I

1000 Ã&#x2014; 0.2 = 0.476mv / Am LQ WKLV FDVH WKH VHOHFWLRQ ZLOO EH EDVHG RQ WKH 3 Ã&#x2014; 155

SURVSHFWLYH VKRUW FLUFXLW FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI WKH FDEOH DQG WKH PLQLPXP VL]H FDEOH ZKLFK PD\ EH XVHG LV PP 7KH FXUUHQW UDWLQJ RI WKH FDEOH LV JLYHQ LQ 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 DV $ IRU 39& 39& FDEOH 7KH YDOXH RI 9. LV P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 Â&#x192;& FDEOH 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ Y Ï&#x2020; 7KLV UHSUHVHQWV D YROWDJH GURS RI 7KH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU LV WR EH QRW OHVV WKDQ WKH VL]H RI WKH DFWLYH FRQGXFWRU VR PP LV VHOHFWHG &ODXVH

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault loop-impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

A V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

39& 39& Ï&#x2020;

3 1

â&#x201E;¦

1RW NQRZQ

mm2

Earth

39& 39&

3 ( 1 $ 3 (

1 $

1 $ &RPPHQW 8SVWUHDP SURWHFWLRQ LV QRW NQRZQ

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Neutral

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

251

6XEPDLQV WR PHWHULQJ '% Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 4.4 = 0.523mv / Am 60 Ã&#x2014; 140

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

PP ZLWK 9. RI P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 7KLV FDEOH VDWLVILHV WKH ORDG DQG FDQ EH SURWHFWHG E\ WKH PDLQ &% $ IURP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 FXUUHQW UDWLQJ JLYHQ DV $ 7KH VKRUW FLUFXLW GXUDWLRQ LV UHGXFHG WR V GXH WR WKH $ &% VR WKH PP FDEOH PHHWV WKH VKRUW FLUFXLW UHTXLUHPHQW 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 7KH QHXWUDO FRQGXFWRU LV WR EH QRW OHVV WKDQ $ IRU DFWLYH FRQGXFWRUV JUHDWHU WKDQ $ DQG OHVV WKDQ $ VR PP LV VHOHFWHG &ODXVH Unit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

Earth

39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

mm2

3 (

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

Neutral

$ $ D

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

252

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

6XEPDLQV IRU LQGXVWULDO XQLW '% Â´ Âµ Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

The cable route length is:

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 4.4 = 1.47 mv / Am 50 Ã&#x2014; 60

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

PP ZLWK 9. RI P9 $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 7KH FDEOH ZKLFK VDWLVILHV WKH ORDG DQG FDQ EH SURWHFWHG E\ WKH QHDUHVW VL]H &% $ LV PP 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 JLYHQ DV $ 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ Y 7KH WRWDO YROWDJH GURS WR WKLV '% LV QRZ DQG WKLV LV DFFHSWDEOH ,W FDQ EH FDOFXODWHG IURP WKLV HTXDWLRQ WKDW WKH VXEPDLQ FDEOH IRU 8QLW LV PP UDWHG DW $ LQ FRQGXLW XQLW DQG $ &%V FDQ EH XVHG IRU WKHVH VXEPDLQV

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Phase

Earth

39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

mm2

3 (

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Neutral

$ $ D

www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

253

6XEPDLQV IRU '% 8QLW WR 6XE '% Voltage drop as %

The cable route length is:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

3-Phase volt drop V

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Vc =

1-Phase volt drop V

1000 Ã&#x2014; 2.16 = 1.68mv / Am 40 Ã&#x2014; 32

1000Vd LÃ&#x2014;I

WKH QHDUHVW FDEOH WR VDWLVI\ WKH YROWDJH GURS LV

PP ZLWK 9. RI PY $P 7DEOH $6 1=6 IRU PXOWLFRUH FDEOHV 7KH FDEOH UDWLQJ LV $ IRU PP PXOWLFRUH 7DEOH &RO $6 1=6 7KH UHVXOWLQJ YROWDJH GURS LV [ [ [ 9 ,W FDQ EH FDOFXODWHG IURP WKLV HTXDWLRQ WKDW WKH PP IRXU FRUH HDUWK FDEOH ZLOO EH VDWLVIDFWRU\ IRU WKH VXEPDLQ ZLWKLQ XQLW IRU WKH VXE '% FDQ EH SURWHFWHG E\ D $ &% ZKLFK ZLOO JUDGH ZLWK WKH $ VXEPDLQ &% 6LPLODUO\ WKH VXEPDLQV WR WKH VKRZURRP XQLWV FDQ EH PP JLYLQJ D 9' RI DW XQLW DQG PP FDQ EH XVHG IRU VKRZURRP XQLWV Â³SURWHFW ZLWK $ &% Unit Cross-sectional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity after derating Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

Earth

39& 39&

V â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

SKDVH

0(1 # 06%

3 (

â&#x201E;¦ â&#x201E;¦

3 1

3 (

mm2

39& 39&

1 $

Â² $ 7\SH & &%

<HV &RPPHQW 7KH $ &% GLFWDWHV WKH IDXOW 1R ORRS LPSHGDQFH OLPLW â&#x201E;¦

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

Neutral

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

254

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below. Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

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

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

7KH VXEPDLQV WR WKH PHWHULQJ '% DQG WKH RXWEXLOGLQJV ZLOO EH 39& LQVXODWHG LQ KHDY\ GXW\ +' FRQGXLW 7KH VXSSO\ DXWKRULW\ PD\ UHTXLUH WKH XVH RI VHUYLFH IXVHV RQ WKH WHQDQF\ PHWHU SDQHO ,Q WKLV H[DPSOH FLUFXLW EUHDNHUV KDYH EHHQ XVHG IRU VXEPDLQ SURWHFWLRQ DQG FRQWURO 7KH PHWHUHG VXEPDLQ FDEOHV ZLOO EH IRXU FRUH HDUWK FDEOH UHWLFXODWHG RQ SHUIRUDWHG FDEOH WUD\ DQG VSDFHG WR PLQLPLVH GHUDWLQJ 7KH FRQGXLW VL]H UHTXLUHG IRU WKH PDLQV DQG VXEPDLQV PD\ EH IRXQG IURP WKH FRQGXLW PDQXIDFWXUHUÂ·V FDWDORJXHV )RU H[DPSOH &RQVXPHUV PDLQV [ PP 39& 39& [ PP 39& 39& PP 39& +' FRQGXLW 6XEPDLQV

[ PP 39& 39& [ PP 39& PP 39& +' FRQGXLW [ PP 39& 39& [ PP 39& PP 39& +' FRQGXLW

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B rief

P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

Cable selection

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cable designation

Short circuit conductor size

Volt drop target

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Zint mm2

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ WR PHWHULQJ '% 6XEPDLQ WR XQLW '% '% WR '%

mm2

â&#x201E;Ś

Comment

255

Fault level at origin

3 1 3 (

3 (

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable record Cable number from SLD

Cable designation

&RQVXPHUV PDLQV 6XEPDLQ WR PHWHULQJ '% 6XEPDLQ WR '% 6XEPDLQ '% WR '%

Fault level at origin

Fault level at end

Type of cable

&X &X &X &X

Cu/Al

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Active mm2

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Neutral mm2

6& 6& 6& 0&

Insulation

39& 39& 39& 9 39& 9 39& 39& 9

Crosssectional area â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Earth mm2

256 2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

www.standards.com.au

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Switchboard and equipment selection

0DLQ VZLWFKERDUG N$

Switchboard designation: Fault level: Equipment description

Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

Location:

Type

Fault rating

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

$ &%

%XV EDU 1HXWUDO OLQN (DUWK FRQGXFWRU WR IUDPH 6XEPDLQ WR PHWHULQJ '%

$ PP PP

&X OLQN

$ &%

$6 7DEOH

Comment

7KLV LV DQ XQPHWHUHG PDLQ VZLWFK DQG WKLV DOVR LPSRVHV OLPLWDWLRQ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK &ODXVH $SSUR[ VL]H [ PP PP

$SSUR[ PP

257

6HUYLFH SURWHFWLRQ

$GMDFHQW WR WKH VXEVWDWLRQ

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

7KH PDLQ FLUFXLW EUHDNHU DQG WKH VXEPDLQ SURWHFWLRQ GHYLFH DUH WKH VDPH XQPHWHUHG &%

Comment:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

7KH PHWHULQJ '% VXSSOLHV LQGLYLGXDO PHWHUHG VXE PDLQV WR HDFK WHQDQF\ DQG WR WKH +RXVH VHUYLFHV 7KH WHQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUGV '% VKDOO EH SURSULHWDU\ ORDG FHQWUHV ZLWK D IDXOW UDWLQJ RI N$ V (DFK GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG ZLOO EH ILWWHG ZLWK 5&'V IRU VRFNHW RXWOHW FLUFXLWV XVHG IRU SRUWDEOH RU KDQG KHOG HTXLSPHQW DQG &%V IRU RWKHU FLUFXLWV $OO GHYLFHV WR EH UDWHG DW N$ 3URYLGH D QHXWUDO OLQN XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DQG DQ HDUWKLQJ EDU XS WR PP FDSDFLW\ DW HDFK '%

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

Main earth conductor: Main earth electrode:

PP GLDPHWHU P 5.6.2 ORQJ GULYHQ ! P # ZDWHU PHWHU H[WHUQDO WR EXLOGLQJ 7R VXLW XS WR PP FDEOHV PP # 06%

Detached buildings:

www.standards.com.au

Comment:

5.6.4

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2 5.8

7KH PDLQ HDUWK LV DW D GULYHQ HOHFWURGH DGMDFHQW WR WKH 06% 7KH HTXLSRWHQWLDO ERQG LV WR WKH ZDWHU DQG JDV PHWHU DGMDFHQW WR WKH PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH DQG WKH 06% 7KH SURWHFWLYH HDUWK LV UHWLFXODWHG ZLWK WKH VXEPDLQV RULJLQDWLQJ DW WKH PDLQ HDUWKLQJ EDU DW WKH PDLQ VZLWFKERDUG 7KLV V\VWHP DUUDQJHPHQW FRPSOLHV ZLWK &ODXVH D 7KH IDXOW ORRS LPSHGDQFH FRPSOLHV ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI &ODXVH

Table 5.1 5.6.6

7KH VZLWFKERDUG HQFORVXUH HDUWK LV FRQQHFWHG WR WKH HDUWKLQJ EDU DQG &ODXVH DSSOLHV VR WKH VL]H RI WKH SURWHFWLYH HDUWKLQJ FRQGXFWRU LV WKH VDPH VL]H DV WKH 0(1 OLQN

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

PP WR ZDWHU DQG JDV PDLQ DGMDFHQW PDLQ HDUWK HOHFWURGH PP WR PDLQ HDUWKLQJ Switchboard enclosure earth: EDU (DUWK IURP 06% Equipotential bond:

5.5.1, Table 5.1

Comments on earthing system:

258

Main earth bar: MEN link:

AS/NZS 3000 Ref

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Earthing schematic diagram:

Main Earth Bar

MEN Link

Enc los ure

Individual Subm ain Protec tive Earthing Conduc tor

EP Bond Gas Main E/L

MD B

EP Bond W ater Main

259

Subm ain Protec tive Earthing Conduc tor to Metering DB

Main N eutral Link

Elec trode EP = Equipotential To Show room D Bs

D B-1 Earthing Bar

D B1-1 HB 301—2001

Earthing Bar

(T ypic al for D B 1 and 2)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits B ri ef

7HQDQF\ '% Â³7\SLFDO Fault duration N$

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

Pl anning

Revi ew the pla nni ng

YE S Has the planning changed?

Schedule of voltage drops â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for this switchboard â&#x20AC;&#x201C; express as %

Desi gn

Redesi g n

NO Is the ins tallation the s ame as the design?

Consumers mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

YE S

Insta ll at io n

Test ing & Ve ri fic at io n

260

Comments on final subcircuit selection:

5&' FLUFXLW EUHDNHUV DUH XVHG IRU DOO FLUFXLWV VXSSO\LQJ VRFNHW RXWOHWV ZKHUH SHRSOH DUH OLNHO\ WR EH XVLQJ KDQG KHOG DSSOLDQFHV LQ WKLV DSSOLFDWLRQ /LJKWV PP $ &% 6RFNHW RXWOHWV $ PP $ 5&' 0&% +RW ZDWHU PP $ &%

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Maximum number of points on a subcircuit and installation requirements. Lighting: Allow for actual or expected load, so for lighting estimate the average luminaire rating.

$OORZ : ORZ ED\ OLJKWV $ LQFOXGLQJ VWDUWLQJ FLUFXLW SHU SRLQW LQ WKH LQGXVWULDO XQLWV $ &% VR PD[LPXP RI SRLQWV $OORZ [ : IOXRUHVFHQWV LQ WKH VKRZURRPV : $ VR PD[ RI OLJKWV EXW OLPLW WR SHU FLUFXLW

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final subcircuits

Socket-outlets:

261

Allow for diversity on socket-outlets as they are provided for convenience. The designer must observe Clause 1.8.5 and design for the expected loads on the socket-outlets. For example, Table C2 Wiring rules allows 1000 W + 750 W per outlet for non air-conditioned space and this implies 5 socket-outlets could be connected.

&RQQHFW XS WR VRFNHW RXWOHWV $ EXW DSSO\ GLYHUVLW\ WR VXLW WKH ORDG

Hot water, Range, Motors, fixed equipment:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

7HQDQF\ GLVWULEXWLRQ VZLWFKERDUGÂ³([DPSOH LV DW 8QLW '% Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

6RFNHW RXWOHWV

5&' 0&%

+RW ZDWHU

5&' 0&%

736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 RQ WUD\ VSDFHG 736 UXQ WRXFKLQJ VXUIDFH

39& FDEOH LQ FRQGXLW DW P

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream â&#x201E;¦

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment See Section 1

PP ( PP ( PP (

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

<HV

5&'

<HV

/LPLW â&#x201E;¦

[ PP (

<HV

5&'

7 7 7

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable. www.standards.com.au

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

+RXVH VHUYLFHV DW PHWHULQJ '% ([WHUQDO OLJKWLQJ

Fault -loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m â&#x201E;¦

262

/LJKWV

Cable selected

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final single line diagram:

T x F us e - n ot in s talled in th is exam p le M SB

M e t e rin g P o in t D B

40 A

63 A

40 A

ED M

House

ED M

U n it 1

U n it 2

63 A

ED M

S h o w ro o m 1

263

S h o w ro o m s 2 to 5

40 A

House DB In d u s tria l T e n a n c y

In d u s tria l T e n a n c y S h o w ro o m T e n a n c y D B , 18 P o le

16 A

63 A LT S

36 P o le

DB1

63 A 36 P o le

32A

N o t e : A ll c irc u it s e rv in g s o c ke t-o u tle ts u s e d fo r h a n d h e ld o r p o rt a b le e q u ip m e n t a re to b e R C D p ro t e c t e d .

32A

32A 36 P o le

D B 2-1

36 P o le

HB 301—2001

32A D B 1-1

DB2

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) B rief

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

Cons um ers mains- Phase

T rans form er LV F us e

Sub Main Im pedanc e

Sub Main Im pedanc e - P hase

Main Circ uit Breaker

Circ uit Breaker Me te rin g Poin t D B

Sub Main Im pedanc e

Circ uit Breaker D B -1

264

D istribu tion B oard at Te n an cy

Final Sub Circ uit Im pedanc e - Phase

Final Sub Circ uit Breaker

Sourc e Im pedanc e Main S witch board

T rans form er MEN Link

www.standards.com.au

Sub Main Im pedanc e - Earth

Cons um ers mains- Neutral Main Earth Elec trode

Earhing Bar Sub Main Im pedanc e - Earth

Sub Main Im pedanc e - Earth

Final Sub Circ uit Im pedanc e - Earth

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

Fault to Earth

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

B rief

Fault-loop impedance schedule P la n ni n g

R e v i e w t h e p l a nn i ng

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

YE S

Has the plann in g chan ged?

D e si g n

R e de s i g n

Is th e in s tallation th e s ame as the des ign ?

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

YE S

Ins t a l l a t i o n

T e st i n g & V er i f i c a t i o n

or example Device designation

Device impedance limit

Cable impedance

60 WR 03

â&#x201E;Ś

60 WR '%

)6&

â&#x201E;Ś

60 WR '% â&#x201E;Ś

â&#x201E;Ś

Total impedance

Result obtained in test

â&#x201E;Ś

265

Cable designation/ Fault loop

Section

&0 WR '% $ &% W\SH & 7\SLFDO '% WR $ &% IL[HG HTXLSPHQW

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

ÂŠ Standards Australia

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; = Submains â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Section nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, FSC = Final subcircuit.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Installation checklist—Inspection

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Y Y Y Y

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Electrical equipment

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Earthing

www.standards.com.au

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

Y Y Y Y Y Y

266

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 m Ω

same

Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

same same

same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

Integral test switch or special instrument HB 301—2001

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

267

Earth continuity Main earth conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

2.7: Light industrial units—Grouped

www.standards.com.au

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

268

2.7: Light industrial unitsâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;Grouped

The main switchboard could have been located with the metering DB however this would have forced the use of 150 mm2 for the 60 m length.

In this design a 160 A protective device has been installed, and a circuit-breaker has been used. A set of fuses could also be used, but then a submain control device would also be required.

Typical 100 A Electricity Distributor service fuses have not been used in the example. The use of service fuses in this example would not affect the ability to grade the protection throughout the installation.

It has been assumed that the main switchboard would be a manufactured switchboard complying with AS 3439 and AS 4388.

An MEN could have been formed in each of the separate outbuildings, and this alternative was not used because this may also require the metering to be grouped on each building, and a single metering location is preferred. The decision is a commercial one, and the option is available to the designer.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Comments on the design solution adopted: a)

The main switch board location was dictated in this example by the Service Rules, and it is a workable option.

The metering location was chosen because it allows for ease of reticulation from the substation and to all of the tenancy DBs, without incurring derating and voltage drop penalties on the submains.

The cable selection and the discrimination are critical to the success of the design. As this is a commercial development, circuit-breakers have been used throughout.

In this example, a 160 A CB has been installed at the main switchboard, and this device can grade against a transformer fuse greater than 315 A if installed. Using the features of the network, the 160 A CB also provides overload protection and limitation for the consumers mains, and the submains as they are rated identically.

All selected devices grade throughout the electrical system.

ÂŠ Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

ISBN 0 7337 4243 2

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 8

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Pro-forma design record— Separate document

HB 301—2001

Electrical installations Designing to the Wiring rules Section 2—Part 8

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Pro-forma design record—Separate document

HB 301—2001

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Pro-forma design record—Separate document This design guide is provided for the use of designers for briefing, planning, designing, installing and testing an installation and may be copied and used at will. To use the record sheets in this pro forma, the designer is advised to refer to the design guide in Section 1. The process of briefing, planning, designing, installing and testing an installation can be recorded in this pro-forma.

A user guide will appear at each phase of the worked solution to remind the user of the section of the flow chart being resolved. The bold section depicts “you are here”.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

The activity in each section of the process is explained in Section 1.

Bri ef

Pl anning

Revi ew the planni ng

YES

Has the planning changed?

Desi gn

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Installation

This figure has been repeated from Figure 1.1 in Section 1 of this handbook.

Standards Australia

Testing & Veri fi cati on

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301—2001

Briefing phase (refer to Section 1 for process) The brief is given as :

Brief

Planning

Review the planning

YES

Has the planning changed?

Design

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Installation

Testing & Verification

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Briefing checklist

Load details:

Prior negotiations with supply authority:

Details to be provided before planning commences: Assumptions and clarifications:

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Planning phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Assumptions made:

Brief

Planning

Review the planning

YES

Has the planning changed?

Design

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Installation

Testing & Verification

Assess preliminary maximum demand Select the method used under Clause 1.8.3.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Calculation (refer below) Assessment using ……………………….of …………………………………… Measurement using ………………………of …………………………………… Limitation on the basis of ……………………………………………………….

If Calculation, then referring to Table C1 of AS/NZS 3000 Appendix C Section considered

Load description

Load group

Loading associated W

Maximum demand A

Special characteristics/cyclical:

Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Planning (continued) Service Rule requirements:

Supply authority details

Point of supply: Fault level: Special conditions:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Planning solution Planning constraints and reasoning:

Solution adopted:

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Site layout plan

6 2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Schematic diagram

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Preliminary single line diagram

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Brief

Planning

Revi ew the planning

Review checklist:

YES

Has the planning changed?

Maximum demand checked against planning Switchboard locations and cable routes checked against planning

Design

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Install ation

Testing & Verifi cation

Maximum demand calculation Assumptions/Clarifications made:

Select the method used under AS/NZS 3000 Clause 1.8.3.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Section considered

Preliminary maximum demand estimate A

Diversity applied

Loading associated

Allowance for future

Maximum demand

Special characteristics/cyclical:

Maximum demand:

Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301—2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Br ief

Pl anning

Re vie w the pl anning

Design record—Supply parameters

YES

Has the planning changed?

De sig n

The prospective short circuit current at the origin is:

Re de sig n

Is the installation the same as the des ign?

The equivalent upstream system impedance is:

YES

Installatio n

Te sti ng & Ve rificatio n

Prospective Short Circuit Current, Isc kA

Automatic disconnection time assumed, t s

Minimum csa, copper, (mm2)

Preliminary protective device selection.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Protection device

Rating

Type

Automatic disconnection times used for fault-loop impedance s

Maximum faultloop impedance for this device Ω

Commentary on preliminary protective device selected:

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable selection commentary:

Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Cable designation: The Target voltage drop for this cable is: Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

Br ief

Pl anning

Re vie w the pl anning

YES

Has the planning changed?

The target voltage drop was determined in the planning phase, distributing the voltage drop across the mains and sub mains in such a way that the final subcircuit voltage drop was not compromised.

De sig n

Re de sig n

Is the installation the same as the des ign?

YES

The cable length is taken from the planning sketch, and must include for vertical sections, bends and terminations. It is prudent to round off the length to the nearest 5 m.

Installatio n

Te sti ng & Ve rificatio n

The cable route length is:

Record of cable current rating and derating factors

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable designation

Maximum demand

Installation parameters

AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Table No Column No

Derating factors Due to

Overall derating factor Effective currentcarrying capacity The derating factors must be calculated for each cable in turn according to the installation methods used. The consumers mains are shown here as an example.

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Cable designation:

The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Unit Cross -sctional area Insulation Current-carrying capacity Voltage drop Cable impedance Fault-loop impedance of this circuit Upstream fault-loop impedance Total fault-loop impedance at end of circuit Maximum fault-loop impedance of installation Less than maximum permissible fault-loop impedance at end of this circuit

Phase

1000Vd , L× I

Neutral

Earth

mm2 A V Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Comment:

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301—2001

Cable designation The Target voltage drop is

Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

The cable route length is: The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

1000Vd L× I

Phase

Neutral

Earth

mm2 A V Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Comment:

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

HB 301—2001

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Cable designation The target voltage drop is

Voltage drop as %

3-Phase volt drop V

1-Phase volt drop V

The cable route length is: The cable selected is given by the calculation: Vc =

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

1000Vd L× I

Phase

Neutral

Earth

mm2 A V Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Comment:

Wiring system (Table 3.6): Minimum requirements Clause 3.9: Prospective short-circuit current at the end of this cable (refer Appendix B1):

Standards Australia

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Record the cable and final protective device selections in the table below.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Comments on cable selection and final protection device selection:

www.standards.com.au

Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Brief

Planning

Review the planning

Cable selection

YES

Has the planning changed?

To complete the table for each cable selected, work from left to right.

Design

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Installation

Testing & Verification

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Volt drop target

mm2

Max. demand

Route length

Actual voltage drop

Cable selected for phase

Fault-loop impedance of this section

Fault level at end of cable

Zint A

mm2

â&#x201E;Ś

Comment

Shortcircuit conductor size Material

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Cable record Cable number from SLD

Cable designation

Fault level at origin

Fault level at end

Type of cable

Cu/Al

Crosssectional area – Active mm2

Crosssectional area – Neutral mm2

Insulation

Crosssectional area – Earth mm2

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

17 HB 301—2001

Standards Australia

SC = Single-core cable, MC = Multicore cable.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Switchboard and equipment selection

Switchboard designation:

Location:

Fault level: Equipment description

Load

Size or capacity

mm2 or A

Type

Fault rating

AS/NZS 3000 clause reference

Comment

www.standards.com.au

2.8: Pro-forma design record

Comment:

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Earthing Determine the earthing requirements and record the earthing conductor details and arrangement. Detail

AS/NZS 3000 Ref 5.5.1, Table 5.1

Main earth electrode:

5.6.2

Main earth bar:

5.6.4

MEN link:

5.6.5, 5.6.5.2

Equipotential bond:

5.8

Switchboard enclosure earth:

Table 5.1

Detached buildings:

5.6.6

Comments on earthing system:

Main earth conductor:

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

Comment:

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Earthing schematic diagram:

20 2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Brief

P lanning

Switchboard designation: Prospective short-circuit current:

Review the planning

YES

Fault duration

Has the planning changed?

Design

Redesi gn

Schedule of voltage drops – for this switchboard – express as %

Is the ins tallation the same as the design?

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)—Final subcircuits

YES

Consumers Mains

Submains

Allowable voltage drop in final subcircuits

Total voltage drop

Installation

Testi ng & Verification

Comments on final subcircuit selection:

HB 301—2001

Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Socket-outlets:

Hot water, range, motors, fixed equipment: 2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Final subcircuit cable selection record Designation

Protective device

Current rating

Installation method

Currentcarrying capacity

Cable selected

Fault-loop impedance for a typical circuit of length 30 m Ω

Fault-loop impedance of this section + upstream

Complies with faultloop impedance limit

Comment

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)

See Section 1

Ω

23 HB 301—2001

Standards Australia

Legend: TPS = Thermoplastic sheath, T + E = Two-core and earth multicore cable.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process)â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Final single line diagram:

24 2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Brief

Sketch the fault loop and the impedance to be taken into account Planning

Review the planning

YES

Has the planning changed?

Design

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Installation

Testing & Verification

25 HB 301â&#x20AC;&#x201D;2001

Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Standards Australia

Design phase (refer to Section 1 for process) Brief

Fault-loop impedance schedule Planning

Review the planning

The values recorded in this schedule are necessary for the testing and verification phase

YES

Has the planning changed?

Design

Redesign

Is the installation the same as the design?

YES

Installation

Testing & Verification

For example Device designation

Device impedance limit Ω

Cable impedance

Total impedance

Ω

Result obtained in test Ω

Cable designation/ Fault loop Section

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Legend: CM = Consumers mains, SM ‘n’ = Submains ‘Section n’, FSC = Final subcircuit.

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

Installation checklist—Inspection

Consumers mains

Distribution switchboards

Conductor size and material as specified Installation as specified Connections tightened and checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

Main switchboard

Electrical equipment

Wiring systems

Location as specified Access and egress checked Isolating and functional devices checked to be as specified Connections tightened and checked Identification and labelling checked Protection against damage and inadvertent contact

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Installation phase (refer to Section 1 for the process)

Earthing

HB 301—2001

Standards Australia

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

HB 301—2001

Standards Australia

Testing and verification phase (refer to Section 1 for the process) Testing parameters have arisen from the design. Record these in this table and use as a basis for verification.

Test

AS/NZS 3000 Clause ref 6.3.3.2

Protective earth conductors

6.3.3.2

Insulation resistance Live and earth parts

6.3.3.3

Sheathed heating elements

6.3.3.3

Polarity All correct connections Active switching only

6.3.3.4 6.3.3.4 6.3.3.5 Table B 4.1, 6.3.4.2

RCD operation

6.3.4.3

Not less than 1MΩ Not less than 0.1 M Ω Nil transpositions Only active to be switched Nil short circuits Less than the maximum values to allow automatic disconnection Confirm RCD operation

Result obtained

Date/Initials

Refer to earth conductor schedule same same

same same

Refer to faultloop impedance schedule Integral test switch or special instrument

Result recorded in fault-loop impedance schedule

2.8: Pro-forma design record

www.standards.com.au

Correct circuit connections Fault-loop impedance

Not to exceed 0.5 Ω Low enough to ensure automatic disconnection

Project specific expected result

Earth continuity Main earth conductor

AS/NZS 3000 Clause requires

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

GPO Box 5420 Sydney NSW 2001 Administration Phone (02) 8206 6000 Fax (02) 8206 6001 Email mail@standards.com.au Customer Service Phone 1300 65 46 46 Fax 1300 65 49 49 Email sales@standards.com.au Internet www.standards.com.au

Accessed by Yancoal Australia Ltd on 26 Jul 2016 (Document currency not guaranteed when printed)

This page has been left intentionally blank.